Você está na página 1de 338

Oracle Hyperion Planning 11.1.

1:
Create and Manage Applications

m y
Activity Guide
d e
ca
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
D70015GC10

n a e
Edition 1.0
September 2008

t e r U s
D56307

I n
c l e

r a
O
Authors Copyright 2008, Oracle. All rights reserved.

Sandy Krameisen Disclaimer

Suzanne Gill This document contains proprietary information and is protected by copyright and
Theresa Songco other intellectual property laws. You may copy and print this document solely for your
own use in an Oracle training course. The document may not be modified or altered in
any way. Except where your use constitutes "fair use" under copyright law, you may
Technical Contributors not use, share, download, upload, copy, print, display, perform, reproduce, publish,
and Reviewers license, post, transmit, or distribute this document in whole or in part without the
express authorization of Oracle.
Emilya Altman
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you
Guillaume Arnaud find any problems in the document, please report them in writing to: Oracle University,
Jacob Bogitar 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, California 94065 USA. This document is not
warranted to be error-free.
Bryan Dehmler-Buckley
Suzanne Gill Restricted Rights Notice
Vicki Hardiman If this documentation is delivered to the United States Government or anyone using
Art Hetherington the documentation on behalf of the United States Government, the following notice is
applicable:
Janette Hollar
Sasha Ishenko U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
The U.S. Governments rights to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, or
Sandy Krameisen
disclose these training materials are restricted by the terms of the applicable Oracle
Diana Kravets license agreement and/or the applicable U.S. Government contract.
Robert Mead
Trademark Notice
Saju Philips
Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Other
Ronald Reiley
names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Eleanor Salerno
Theresa Songco
m y
Shankar Viswanathan
Stuart Weiner
d e
Editor
c a
Susan Ledford

e A
Graphic Designer
c l
Asha Thampy

r a
Publisher
O ly
Sandy Krameisen

l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Table of Contents 0

Exercises

Lesson 3: Creating Dimensions Overview


Exercise 3.1 Calculating Data Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Lesson 4: Managing Dimensions with Performance Management


Architect
Exercise 4.1 Navigating Performance Management Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Starting All Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Logging On Performance Management Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Navigating in Performance Management Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Exercise 4.2 Creating Aliases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Exercise 4.3 Managing Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Adding a Currency Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
m y
e
Adding Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
d
Lesson 5: Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
c a
e A
Exercise 5.1 Customizing Year and Period Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

c l
Adding a Year Dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

r a
Adding Year Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Adding a Period Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

O ly
Associating Alias and Period Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

l & On
Customizing Period Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Exercise 5.2 Creating Scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

a e
Adding a Scenario Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

n
e r
Associating Year and Period Dimensions with Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
s
Adding Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
t U
Exercise 5.3 Creating Versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

I n
Adding a Version Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

c l e
Creating Standard Bottom-up Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

r a
O
Table of Contents

Lesson 6: Setting Up the Entity Dimension


Exercise 6.1 Creating Entities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Adding an Entity Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Associating Entity Dimension Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Setting Up Entity Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Lesson 7: Setting Up the Account Dimension


Exercise 7.1 Creating an Account Dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Adding an Account Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Associating Account Dimension Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Setting Up Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Setting Up Income Statement Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Lesson 8: Creating User-Defined Elements


Exercise 8.1 Creating User-Defined Dimensions and Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Creating the Salesrep Dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Associating the Customer and Salesrep Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Adding Members to the Salesrep Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
m y
d e
Exercise 8.2 Setting Up Customer Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Exercise 8.3 Creating Smart Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

c a
Creating Smart Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Adding Smart List Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

e A
Lesson 9:
c l
Loading Metadata from a File

r a
Exercise 9.1 Loading Entity and Account Dimension Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

O ly
Loading Entity Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Loading Account Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

l & On
Exercise 9.2 Loading Sales Representatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

a e
Exercise 9.3 Loading Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

n
t e r
Lesson 10: Creating Applications
U s
I n
Exercise 10.1 Creating Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

c l e
Lesson 11: Deploying Applications
r a
Exercise 11.1 Validating and Deploying Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
O
iv Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Table of Contents

Adding Dimensions from Shared Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25


Associating the Customer and Salesrep Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Associating the Alias and Customer Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Loading Members to the Salesrep Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Loading Members to the Customer Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Merging Dimensions from Shared Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Activating Associations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Setting the Evaluation Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Setting Performance Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Validating Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Deploying Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Adding Member Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Adding a Member Formula for Net Inc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Verifying the Location Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Setting Up an XREF Function for Net Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Modifying Smart List Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Redeploy Finbud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Accessing Deployed Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Lesson 12: Setting Up Exchange Rates


m y
Exercise 12.1 Setting Up Exchange Rate Tables and Exchange Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

d e
Setting Up Actual Exchange Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

c a
Setting Up Budget Exchange Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

e A
Lesson 14: Loading Data
c l
r a
Exercise 14.1 Loading Data into Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

O ly
Exercise 14.2 Using Essbase Load Rules to Load Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Creating Load Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

l & On
Loading Data Using Load Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

a e
Calculating the Essbase Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

n
e r s
Lesson 15: Provisioning Users and Groups
t U
I n
Exercise 15.1 Provisioning Hyperion System 9 Planning Users and Groups . . . . . . . . 35

c l e
Provisioning Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Provisioning Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

r aVerifying User Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36


After viewing the report, return to Planning. Log off and end the session.. . . . . . . 36
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications v
Table of Contents

Logging On to Performance Management Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36


Setting Up the Application for All Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Logging on as Other Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Lesson 16: Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications


Exercise 16.1 Setting Up Dimension Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Assigning Access to Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Assigning Access to Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Exercise 16.2 Importing Access Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Modifying the Import Security Access File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Importing the Security Access File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Viewing Security for Shared Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Generating Security Filters for All Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Generating Individual Security Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Lesson 17: Creating Data Forms and Folders


Exercise 17.1 Creating Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Setting Up Substitution Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

m y
Creating Folders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

d
Exercise 17.2 Optional: Creating Asymmetric Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
e
Creating Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

c a
Creating Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

A
Assigning Dimensions to Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Reviewing Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
e
c l
Changing the Actual Scenario to Read-Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Exercise 17.3 Creating Composite Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

r a
Adding Smart Lists and Non-Currency Values to Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

O ly
Creating a Detailed Data Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Assigning Dimensions to Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

l & On
Creating a Summary Data Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

n a e
Assigning Dimensions to Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Creating a Composite Data Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

t e r U s
Exercise 17.4 Creating Data Forms to Convert Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Testing Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

I n
Exercise 17.5 Assigning Access to Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

l e
Assigning Data Form Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Verifying Data Form Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
c
r aReviewing Data Form Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

O
vi Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Table of Contents

Lesson 18: Customizing Data Forms


Exercise 18.1 Exporting and Importing Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Exporting Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Reviewing the Data Form Definition and Importing the Data Form . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Exporting Standard Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Importing Standard Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Verifying Results and Modifying Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Exercise 18.2 Optional: Creating Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Entering Data in Data Forms by Using Custom Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Exercise 18.3 Setting User Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Exporting the Act-Bud Expenses Data Form from HYPlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Importing the Act-Bud Expenses Data Form to Finbud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Assigning Data Form Access to Act-Bud Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Modifying Alias Tables and Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Managing User Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Lesson 19: Entering Data


Exercise 19.1 Entering Data and Verifying Application Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Entering Data and Verifying Application Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
m y
Performing Analysis by Using Flexible Data Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
d e
Using Grid Spreader to Spread Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

c a
Attaching Documents to Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Adding Account Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
A
Entering Supporting Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

e
c l
Adding a Calculation and Duplicating a Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Exercise 19.2 Verifying Net Inc Formula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

r a
Creating a Data Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Creating a Composite Data Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
O ly
Verifying Net Inc Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

& On
Exercise 19.3 Entering Data by Using Smart Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

l
n a e
Lesson 20: Entering Data in Smart View

t e r U s
Exercise 20.1 Using Smart View to Enter Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

I n
Establishing a Data Source Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Entering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

l e
Viewing Added Data in Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
c
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications vii
Table of Contents

Lesson 21: Creating Business Rules


Exercise 21.1 Navigating Business Rules in Calculation Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Launching Calculation Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Navigating to Custom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Navigating to Deployment View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Exercise 21.2 Launching Business Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Validating Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Deploying Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Assigning Launch Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Creating Business Rules Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Launching Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Lesson 22: Managing Business Rules


Exercise 22.1 Creating Business Rules from Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Setting Up Business Rules to Copy and Adjust Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Setting Up Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Setting Up the Copy Data Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Calculating the Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

m y
Setting Up Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Setting Up Business Rules to Calculate Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68


d e
Setting Up the Aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Setting Up a Component to Calculate Travel Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68


c a
Selecting Values for Global Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
A
Setting Up Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

e
c l
Setting Up a Component to Calculate Software Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Setting Up Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

r a
Exercise 22.2 Creating Rulesets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Creating Rulesets from Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
O ly
Exercise 22.3 Validating and Deploying Business Rulesets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

l & On
Validating Rulesets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Deploying Rulesets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
a e
Assigning Launch Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
n
t e r U s
Lesson 23: Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
I n
Exercise 23.1 Adding Runtime Prompts to Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

l e
Saving a Copy of Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
c
Setting Up Runtime Prompts for Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

r aCreating Numeric Runtime Prompts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

O Setting Up Business Rules to Prompt for Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

viii Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Table of Contents

Exercise 23.2 Adding Components to Business Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73


Opening Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Adding Loops to Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Setting Up Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Setting Up Formulas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Deploying Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Assigning Launch Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Testing Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Testing the Calculate Expenses Business Rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Testing the Copy and Adjust Accounts Prompts Business Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Lesson 24: Managing the Approval Process


Exercise 24.1 Managing the Planning Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Starting the Planning Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Promoting Planning Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Signing Off a Planning Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Rejecting a Planning Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Approving the Budget for East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Printing Planning Unit Annotations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

m y
Exercise 24.2 Clearing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Clearing Supporting Detail and Account Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

d e
Exercise 24.3 Copying Data Between Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

c a
Reviewing Existing Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Copying Data from Draft 1 to Draft 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
A
Exercise 24.4 Copying Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
e
c l
Modifying the Verify App Data Form and Reviewing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Copying Data from Actual to Forecast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

r a
Verifying Results and Calculating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

O ly
Lesson 25: Creating Task Lists

l & On
n a e
Exercise 25.1 Defining and Testing Task Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Preparing for Task List Definition and Rollout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

t e r U s
Creating a Task List Folder and a Task List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Adding a Descriptive Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

I n
Adding a Web Data Form Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

l e
Adding a Business Rule Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Assigning Access to the Task List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
c
r aTesting the Task List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications ix
Table of Contents

Lesson 26: Migrating Applications and Artifacts


Exercise 26.1 Migrating Artifacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Logging on Shared Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Searching for Artifacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Migrating Artifacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Lesson 27: Building Classic Applications


Exercise 27.1 Creating Planning Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Logging on Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Using Application Wizard to Create Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Lesson 28: Setting Up Classic Applications


Exercise 28.1 Using Dimension Editor to Build Planning Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Adding Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Adding Standard Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Setting Up Budget Exchange Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

m y
Creating Scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

d e
Creating Versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

c
Refreshing the Currency Conversions Calculation Scripts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
a
Creating Alias Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
A
Setting Up the Entity Dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
e
c l
Setting Up the Account Dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Creating User-Defined Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

r a
Setting Up the Customer Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

O ly
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Exercise 28.2 Loading Information into Planning Classic Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . 101

l & On
Loading Metadata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Launching the Outline Load Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

n a e
Loading Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

t e r U s
Loading Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Loading Salesrep Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

I n
Loading Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

l e
Loading Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
c
Calculating the Essbase Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

r aImporting Data Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

O Setting Up Substitution Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

x Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Table of Contents

Lesson 29: Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications


Exercise 29.1 Creating a Business Rule to Clear and Copy Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Creating Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Clearing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Setting Source and Destination Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Setting the Copy Range for Account, Period, and Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Adjusting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Calculating the Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Assigning Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Validating the Business Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Testing the Business Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Exercise 29.2 Creating a Business Rule by Using Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Creating Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Setting the Business Rule Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Adding a Formula for Travel Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Adding a Formula for Software Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Testing Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Exercise Solutions
m y
Lesson 3: Creating Dimensions Overview d e
Solution 3.1 c a
Calculating Data Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

e A
Lesson 4:
c l
Managing Dimensions with Performance Management
Architect
r a
O ly
Solution 4.1 Navigating Performance Management Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

l & On
Starting All Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Logging On to Performance Management Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

a e
Navigating in Performance Management Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

n
e r
Solution 4.2 Creating Aliases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
s
Solution 4.3 Managing Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
t U
Adding a Currency Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

I n
Adding Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

c l e
Editing Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications xi
Table of Contents

Lesson 5: Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions


Solution 5.1 Customizing Year and Period Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Adding a Year Dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Adding Year Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Adding a Period Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Associating Alias and Period Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Customizing Period Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Solution 5.2 Creating Scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Adding a Scenario Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Associating Year and Period Dimensions with Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Adding Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Solution 5.3 Creating Versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Adding a Version Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Creating standard bottom-up versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Set up versions using Grid Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Lesson 6: Setting Up the Entity Dimension

m
Adding an Entity Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133y
Solution 6.1 Creating Entities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

d e
Associating Entity Dimension Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Defining Entity Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

c a
Setting Up Entities for North America and Central . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Setting Up Central Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
A
Adding Shared Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

e
Lesson 7: c l
Setting Up the Account Dimension
r a
O ly
Solution 7.1 Creating Account Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Adding an Account Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

l & On
Associating Account Dimension Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Setting Up Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

n a e
Setting Up Income Statement Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Lesson 8: t e r U s
Creating User-Defined Elements
I n
l e
Solution 8.1 Creating User-Defined Dimensions and Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Creating the Salesrep Dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
c
r aAssociating the Customer and Salesrep Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Associating the Alias and Customer Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

O Adding Members to the Salesrep Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

xii Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Table of Contents

Solution 8.2 Setting up Customer Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144


Solution 8.3 Creating Smart Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Creating Smart Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Adding Smart List Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Lesson 9: Loading Metadata from a File


Solution 9.1 Loading Entity and Account Dimension Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Loading Entity Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Loading Account Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Solution 9.2 Loading Sales Representatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Create an Import Profile for Salesreps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Solution 9.3 Loading Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Lesson 10: Creating Applications


Solution 10.1 Creating New Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Set Up Application Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Completing Application Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

m y
Lesson 11: Deploying Applications
d e
c a
Solution 11.1 Validating and Deploying Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Adding Dimensions from Shared Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

e A
Associating the Customer and Salesrep Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Associating the Alias and Customer Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

c l
Loading Members to the Salesrep Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

r a
Loading Members to the Customer Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Merging Dimensions from Shared Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

O ly
Activating Associations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

l & On
Setting the Evaluation Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Setting Performance Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

a e
Validating Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
n
e r
Deploying Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
s
Adding Member Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
t U
Adding a Member Formula for Net Inc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

I n
Verifying the Location Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

c l e
Setting up a XREF Function for Net Inc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Modifying Smart List Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

r aRedeploying Finbud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169


Accessing Deployed Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications xiii
Table of Contents

Lesson 12: Setting Up Exchange Rates


Solution 12.1 Setting Up Exchange Rates Tables and Exchange Rates . . . . . . . . . . 170
Setting Up Actual Exchange Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Setting Up Budget Exchange Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Verifying Currency Calculation Scripts in Essbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Lesson 14: Loading Data


Solution 14.1 Loading Data into Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Accessing Essbase Administration Services Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Loading Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Solution 14.2 Loading Data Using Essbase Load Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Creating Load Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Opening a File Within the Load Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Setting up the Header and Replacing Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Setting up Columns for Importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Loading Data Using Load Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Calculating the Essbase Administration Services Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

m y
Lesson 15: Provisioning Users and Groups
d e
c
Solution 15.1 Provisioning Planning Users and Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
a
Provisioning Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
A
Provisioning Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
e
c l
Verifying User Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Logging On to Performance Management Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

r a
Setting Up the Application for All Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

O ly
Logging on as Other Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

l & On
Lesson 16: Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications

n a e
Solution 16.1 Setting Up Dimension Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

e r s
Assigning Access to Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
t U
Assigning Access to Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

I n
Assigning Group Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

l e
Refreshing Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Solution 16.2 Importing Access Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
c
r aModifying the Import Security Access File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Importing the Security Access File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

O Viewing Security for Shared Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

xiv Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Table of Contents

Generating Security Filters for All Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187


Generating Individual Security Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Lesson 17: Creating Data Forms and Folders


Solution 17.1 Creating Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Setting Up Substitution Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Creating Folders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Creating Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Solution 17.2 Optional: Creating Asymmetric Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Creating Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Assigning Dimensions to Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Reviewing Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Changing the Actual Scenario to Read-Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Solution 17.3 Creating Composite Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Adding Smart Lists and Non-currency Values to Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Creating a Detailed Data Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Assigning Dimensions to Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Creating a Summary Data Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Assigning Dimensions to Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Creating a Composite Data Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
m y
Solution 17.4 Creating Data Forms to Convert Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

d e
Creating Data Forms to Convert Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

c a
Assigning Dimensions to Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Testing Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
A
Solution 17.5 Assigning Access to Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
e
c l
Assigning and Verifying Data Form Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Verifying Data Form Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

r a
Reviewing Data Form Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

O ly
Lesson 18: Customizing Data Forms

l & On
n a e
Solution 18.1 Exporting and Importing Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Exporting Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

t e r U s
Reviewing the Data Form Definition and Importing the Data Form . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Importing Sales Budget vs Target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

I n
Exporting Standard Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

l e
Importing Standard Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Verifying Results and Modifying Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
c
r a
Solution 18.2 Optional: Creating Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Creating New Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

O Associating Custom Menus to Data Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Planning: Create and Manage Applications xv


Table of Contents

Entering Data in Data Forms by Using Custom Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211


Solution 18.3 Setting User Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Exporting the Act-Bud Expenses Data Form from HYPlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Importing the Act-Bud Expenses Data Form to Finbud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Assigning Data Form Access to Act-Bud Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Modifying Alias Tables and Display Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Managing User Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Lesson 19: Entering Data


Solution 19.1 Entering Data and Verifying Application Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Entering Data and Verifying Application Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Spreading Data Using Grid Spreader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Performing Analysis Using Flexible Data Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Attaching Documents to Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Adding Account Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Entering Supporting Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Adding a Calculation and Duplicating a Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Solution 19.2 Verifying the Net Inc Formula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Creating a Data Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Creating a Composite Data Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
m y
d e
Verifying Net Inc Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Solution 19.3 Entering Data Using Smart Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

c a
Lesson 20: Entering Data in Smart View

e A
c l
Solution 20.1 Using Smart View to Enter Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Establishing a Data Source Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

r a
Entering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

O ly
Viewing Added Data in Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Lesson 21: Creating Business Rules


l & On
n a e
e r
Solution 21.1 Navigating Business Rules in Calculation Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
s
Launching Calculation Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
t U
Navigating to Custom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

I n
Navigating to Deployment View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

c l e
Solution 21.2 Launching Business Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Validating Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

r aDeploying Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230


Assigning Launch Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
O
xvi Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Table of Contents

Creating Business Rules Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231


Launching Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Lesson 22: Managing Business Rules


Solution 22.1 Creating Business Rules from Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Setting up Business Rules to Copy and Adjust Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Setting Up Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Setting Up the Copy Data Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Calculating the Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Setting Up Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Setting Up the Aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Setting up Business Rules to Calculate Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Setting Up a Component to Calculate Travel Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Selecting Values for Global Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Setting Up Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Setting Up a Component to Calculate Software Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Setting Up Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Solution 22.2 Creating Rulesets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Creating Rulesets from Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Solution 22.3 Validating and Deploying Business Rulesets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
m y
d e
Validating Rulesets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Deploying Rulesets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
a
Assigning Launch Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
c
e
Lesson 23: Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules A
c l
Solution 23.1 Adding Runtime Prompts to Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

r a
Saving a Copy of Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

O ly
Setting Up Runtime Prompts for Members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Creating Numeric Runtime Prompts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

l & On
Setting Up Business Rules to Prompt for Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

n a e
Solution 23.2 Adding Components to Business Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Opening Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

t e r U s
Adding Loops to Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Setting Up Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

I n
Setting up Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

l e
Deploying Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Assigning Launch Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
c
r aTesting Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Testing the Calculate Expenses Business Rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

O Testing the Copy and Adjust Accounts Prompts Business Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Planning: Create and Manage Applications xvii


Table of Contents

Lesson 24: Managing the Approval Process


Solution 24.1 Managing the Planning Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Starting the Planning Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Promoting Planning Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Signing Off a Planning Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Rejecting a Planning Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Approving the Budget for East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Printing Planning Unit Annotations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Solution 24.2 Clearing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Clearing Supporting Detail and Account Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Solution 24.3 Copying Data Between Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Reviewing Existing Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Copying Data from Draft 1 to Draft 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Solution 24.4 Copying Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Modifying the Verify App Form and Reviewing Existing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Copying Data from Actual to Forecast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Verifying Results and Calculating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Lesson 25: Creating Task Lists


m y
d e
Solution 25.1 Creating Task Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Preparing for Task List Definition and Rollout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

c a
Creating a Task List Folder and Task List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Adding a Descriptive Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
A
Adding a Data Form Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

e
c l
Adding a Business Rule Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Assigning Access to the Task List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

a
Testing the Task List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
r
O ly
Lesson 26: Migrating Applications and Artifacts

l & On
Solution 26.1 Migrating Artifacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

n a e
Logging on to Shared Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

t e r U s
Searching for artifacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Migrating artifacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

I n
c l e
Lesson 27: Building Classic Applications

r a
Solution 27.1 Creating Planning Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Logging onto Workspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

O Creating applications using Classic Application Wizard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

xviii Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Table of Contents

Lesson 28: Setting Up Classic Applications


Solution 28.1 Building Planning dimensions using Dimension Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Adding Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Adding Standard Currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Setting Up Budget Exchange Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Creating Scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Creating Versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Refreshing the Currency Conversions Calculation Scripts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Creating Alias Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Setting Up the Entity Dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Setting Up the Account Dimension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Creating User-Defined Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Setting Up the Customer Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Solution 28.2 Loading Information into Planning Classic Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Loading Metadata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Launching the Outline Load Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
y
Loading Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
m
Loading Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

d e
Loading Salesreps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

c a
Loading Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Refreshing the Essbase Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

e A
Loading Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Calculating the Essbase Administration Services Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

c l
Importing Data Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

a
Setting Up Substitution Variables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
r
O ly
Lesson 29: Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications

l & On
Solution 29.1 Creating a Business Rule to Clear and Copy Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
a e
Creating Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
n
t e r U s
Clearing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Setting Source and Destination Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

I n
Setting the Copy Range for Account, Period, and Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Adjusting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

l e
Calculating the Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

c
Assigning Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

r aValidating the Business Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298


Testing the Business Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications xix
Table of Contents

Solution 29.2 Creating a Business Rule Using Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299


Creating New Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Setting the Business Rule Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Adding a Formula for Travel Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Adding a Formula for Software Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Testing Business Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Case Study 1: Case Study


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Phase I: Setting Up the WWDS Planning Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Phase II: Verifying the WWDS Planning Application Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
xx Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Exercises

Overview
This section contains hands-on exercises that you work on throughout this
course. Exercises are grouped by lesson.
Your instructor may choose to perform some exercises with you in
demonstration format. Therefore, you may not be required to complete all
exercises. It is, however, important that you complete all exercises as
requested by the instructor, as many exercises build upon one another.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Lesson 3 Creating Dimensions Overview
Exercises

Lesson 3 Creating Dimensions Overview

Exercise 3.1 Calculating Data Storage


In this exercise, you practice how to calculate data storage.
Given the following:

Dimension Dense or Sparse Number of Members


HSP_Rates Dense 7
Account Dense 150
Period Dense 19
Year Sparse 10
Scenario Sparse 3
Version Sparse 5
Currency Sparse 3
Entity Sparse 25

m y
1. How many blocks can exist? __________________________________
d e
possible in each block? ______________________________________ c a
2. Each block contains a cell for every dense member combination. How many cells are

3. Assume that Scenario changes to dense.


e A
c l
How many blocks are possible? _______________________________

r a
How many cells are possible in each block?_______________________
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
2 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance Management Architect
Exercises

Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance


Management Architect

Exercise 4.1 Navigating Performance Management Architect


In this exercise, you learn how to navigate Performance Management Architect.

Starting All Ser vices


In the Planning folder, double-click Startall.bat.
After the EPM Architect Process Manager service starts, verify that the following services
started:
Hyperion EPM Architect - .Net JNI Bridge
Hyperion EPM Architect - Engine Manager
Hyperion EPM Architect - Event Manager
Hyperion EPM Architect - Job Manager

m y
Hyperion EPM Architect - Process Manager

d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 3
Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance Management Architect
Exercises

Verify that all services started.

m y
d e
Logging On Performance Management Architect c a
e A
Log on Workspace. Navigate to the Shared Library. In the Shared Library, expand

c l
HP_Account > Saved Assumptions, and select account 6000. In the Category drop-down list,

a
select Planning, and review the properties for 6000.
r
O ly
Navigating in Performance Management Architect

l & On
Navigate to the Application Library and review the application information. Review the

description.
n a e
dimensions that are included in the application. Review the application status and

t e r U s
In the Synchronization area, view synchronizations. In the Rules/Rules Set area, view

n
the rule sets and rules by plan type.
I
l e
Navigate to the Library Job Console, and review the job summary, attachments, and
status. Select the tabs to switch between views.
c
r a
O
4 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance Management Architect
Exercises

Exercise 4.2 Creating Aliases


In this exercise, you create aliases.
TIP
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name
of the dimension.

In the Shared Library, create an alias dimension called Alias. In the Alias dimension,
create a member called German.
For the Alias dimension, in System Properties, set the default member to Default.

Exercise 4.3 Managing Currencies


In this exercise, you create a Currency dimension and then add currencies to the
Currency dimension.

Adding a Currency Dimension


m y
In the Shared Library, create a Currency dimension called Currency.
d e
Set the Currency dimension to be valid for Plan1 and Plan2.
c a
TIP

e A
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the
l
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name
c
of the dimension.
r a
O ly
Adding Currencies
l & On
n a e
In the Shared Library, create a USD currency. Then select the properties for the USD
currency. Ensure that comma is selected as the thousands separator and red is selected

t e r U s
to indicate negative numbers. Ensure that Reporting Currency is selected.

n
Add the following standard currencies:
I
Code
EUR
c l e Reporting Currency
Yes

r a
GBP No

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 5
Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance Management Architect
Exercises

Code Reporting Currency


JPY No
SGD No

Ensure that StoreData is selected for all members, including Local. Ensure that Valid for
Plan3 is cleared for all members.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
6 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Exercises

Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario,


and Version Dimensions

Exercise 5.1 Customizing Year and Period Members


In this exercise, in the Shared Library, you add and modify time periods.

Adding a Year Dimension


In the Shared Library, create a dimension called Year.
TIP
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name
of the dimension.

Set the Year dimension to be valid for Plan1 and Plan2.

Adding Year Members m y


d
Add an FY07 member. Add the following members to the Year dimension: FY08, FY09,e
FY10, and FY11. The years should be valid for Plan1 and Plan2.
c a
e A
Ensure that all members have StoreData as the data storage option. Set the No Year
member to be valid for Plan1 and Plan2 and to have a data storage property of StoreData.

c l
Adding a Period Dimension
r a
O ly
In the Shared Library, copy the HP_Period dimension to create a dimension called Period.
TIP

l & On
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the

n a e
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name
of the dimension.

t e r U s
I n
Verify that the Period dimension is valid for only Plan1 and Plan2.

c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 7
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Exercises

Associating Alias and Period Dimensions


Associate the Period dimension with the Alias dimension. This association requires
deletion of the association with the HP_Alias dimension and addition of a new
association to the Alias dimension.

Customizing Period Members


Verify the setup of the following members of the Period dimension:

Member Alias Period Type


BegBalance Base Time Period
YearTotal Year Time Period
Q1 Qtr 1 Summary Time Period
Jan January Base Time Period
Feb February Base Time Period
Mar March Base Time Period
Q2 Qtr 2 Summary Time Period
Apr April Base Time Period

m y
May
Jun June
Base Time Period
Base Time Period
d e
Q3 Qtr 3 Summary Time Period
c a
Jul July Base Time Period

e A
Aug August
l
Base Time Period

c
Sep
Q4
September
Qtr 4 r a
Base Time Period
Summary Time Period
Oct October O ly
Base Time Period
Nov November
l & On
Base Time Period
Dec December
n a e
Base Time Period

t e r U s
You need to key the default aliases for each of the members.

I n
l e
Exercise 5.2
c Creating Scenarios

r a
In this exercise, you create scenarios.

O
8 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Exercises

Adding a Scenario Dimension


Add a dimension called Scenario.
TIP
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name
of the dimension.

Set the Scenario dimension to be valid for Plan1 and Plan2.

Associating Year and Period Dimensions with Scenario


Associate the Scenario dimension according to the following table:

Property Dimension
Start Year Year
End Year Year
Start Period Period
End Period Period
m y
Adding Scenarios d e
c a
Create an Actual scenario with characteristics according to the following table:

e A
Property
Data Storage
Value

c l
StoreData
Enabled for Process Management
r a
Cleared
Start Year
O ly
FY08
End Year

l & On
FY08
Start Period

n a e Jan
End Period
Exchange Rate Table
t e r U s Dec
Actual Rates

I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 9
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Exercises

Create a Budget scenario with characteristics according to the following table:

Property Value
Data Storage StoreData
Enabled for Process Management Selected
Start Year FY09
End Year FY010
Start Period Jan
End Period Dec
Exchange Rate Table Budget and Forecast

Create a Forecast scenario with characteristics according to the following table:

Property Value
Data Storage StoreData
Enabled for Process Management Selected
Start Year
End Year
FY09
FY10
m y
Start Period Jan
d e
End Period Dec
c a
Exchange Rate Table Budget and Forecast

e A
c l
Exercise 5.3
a
Creating Versions
r
O ly
In this exercise, you create versions.

Adding a Version Dimension


l & On
n a e
In the Shared Library, add a new dimension called Version.
TIP
t e r U s
I n
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name

l e
of the dimension.
c
r a
Set the Version dimension to be valid for Plan1 and Plan2.
O
10 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Exercises

Creating Standard Bottom-up Versions


Create the Draft 1 member directly in the Shared Library, and then use Grid Editor to
create members in the Version dimension according to the following table:

Enabled for
Valid for Plan Process
Version Types Data Storage Management Version Type
Draft 1 Plan1 and Plan2 StoreData Selected BottomUp
Draft 2 Plan1 and Plan2 StoreData Selected BottomUp
Final Plan1 and Plan2 StoreData Selected BottomUp
Working Plan1 and Plan2 StoreData Cleared BottomUp
Scratch Plan1 and Plan2 StoreData Cleared BottomUp
Target Plan1 and Plan2 StoreData Cleared Target

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 11
Lesson 6 Setting Up the Entity Dimension
Exercises

Lesson 6 Setting Up the Entity Dimension


Exercise 6.1 Creating Entities
In this exercise, you create a dimension called Entity.

Adding an Entity Dimension


In the Shared Library, add a new dimension called Entity.
TIP
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name
of the dimension.

Set the Entity dimension to be valid for Plan1 and Plan2.

Associating Entity Dimension Properties


Create associations for the Entity dimension according to the following table:

m y
Property Dimension
d e
Alias
Currency
Alias
Currency
c a
e A
Setting Up Entity Members

c l
r a
Set up the following portion of the Entity structure. Use the following screenshot as a
guideline. In a later exercise, you use Performance Management Architect to import the
rest of the Entity structure.
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
Select USD as the currency.
O
12 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 6 Setting Up the Entity Dimension
Exercises

Select the data storage option StoreData for all members except 200(Shared). For
200(Shared), ShareData is the storage option.
All entities should be valid for plan types 1 and 2.
Select the Addition aggregation option for all members except Headquarters. For
Headquarters, select the Ignore aggregation option.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 13
Lesson 7 Setting Up the Account Dimension
Exercises

Lesson 7 Setting Up the Account Dimension


Exercise 7.1 Creating an Account Dimension
In this exercise, you define members in the Account dimension.

Adding an Account Dimension


Add a new dimension called Account.
TIP
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name
of the dimension.

Set the Account dimension to be valid for Plan1 and Plan2.

Associating Account Dimension Properties


Associate the Account dimension according to the following table:

m y
Property Dimension
d e
Alias Alias

c a
Setting Up Accounts
e A
l
Define the Account dimension structure. Refer to the following tables for the properties of
c
each account.
r a
Any property not included in a table should be left blank or is not applicable. In a later
O ly
exercise, you use Performance Management Architect to load the rest of the account
structure.
l & On
a e
Income Statement is a child of Account. The properties of Income Statement are as follows:

n
Property
t e r U s
Value

I n
Valid for Plan Types
Aggregation for Plan1
Plan1
~

l
Data Storage
c e LabelOnly

r a
TwoPassCalc
Smart List
Cleared
Cleared
O
14 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 7 Setting Up the Account Dimension
Exercises

Property Value
Time Balance Flow
Skip Value None
Expense Reporting NonExpense
Account Type Revenue
Data Type Currency
Source Plan Type Plan1

Verify that ExchangeRate Type is set to Average.


Saved Assumptions is a sibling of Income Statement. Saved Assumptions properties:

Property Value
Valid for Plan Types Plan1, Plan2
Aggregation for Plan1, Plan2 ~
Data Storage StoreData
Two Pass Calc Cleared
Time Balance Balance
m y
Skip Value
Expense Reporting
None
NonExpense
d e
Account Type SavedAssumption
c a
Exchange Rate Type None

e A
Data Type
l
NonCurrency
c
Source Plan Type Plan1

r a
O ly
Balance Sheet is a sibling of Saved Assumptions. Balance Sheet properties are as follows:

Property
l & On
Value
Valid for Plan Types
n a e
Plan2
Aggregation for Plan2

t e r U
~
s
Data Storage
Two Pass Calc I n LabelOnly
Cleared

c l e
Time Balance Balance

O ra
Skip Value
Expense Reporting
None
NonExpense

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 15


Lesson 7 Setting Up the Account Dimension
Exercises

Property Value
Account Type Asset
Data Type Currency
Source Plan Type Plan2

Change the ExchangeRate Type to Ending, and save your changes.

Setting Up Income Statement Members


Net Income is a child of Income Statement. Net Income properties are as follows:

Property Value
Alias (Default) Profit/(Loss)
Valid for Plan Types Plan1
Aggregation for Plan1 +
Data Storage DynamicCalc
Time Balance Flow
Skip Value None
m y
Expense Reporting NonExpense

d e
Account Type
Data Type
Revenue
Currency
c a
e A
l
After saving Net Income, verify that ExchangeRate Type is set to Average.

c
r a
NOTE

O ly
In later exercises, you load additional accounts with their default and German
& On
aliases and choose to display the German alias names in a data form.
l
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
16 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements
Exercises

Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements

Exercise 8.1 Creating User-Defined Dimensions and Attributes


In this exercise, you add the user-defined dimensions Customer and the Salesrep
attribute dimension. You use the Customer dimension for sales analysis in the Incstmt
plan. The Salesrep dimension is associated with the Customer dimension.
Add a new generic dimension called Customer.
TIP
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name
of the dimension.

Set the Customer dimension to be valid for Plan1. From the Data Storage drop-down list,
select NeverShare. Select Apply Security.

Creating the Salesrep Dimension


m y
attribute dimension.
d e
Add a new attribute dimension called Salesrep. The Salesrep dimension should be a text

TIP
c a
A
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the

e
of the dimension.
c l
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name

r a
O ly
Associating the Customer and Salesrep Dimensions

l & On
Create a property (called Salesrep) for the Customer dimension, and associate the

a e
Salesrep property with the Salesrep dimension.
n
dimension.
t e r U s
Associate the existing Alias property for the Customer dimension with the Alias

I n
c l e
Adding Members to the Salesrep Dimension
Add a Salesrep dimension member called Tom Baker.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 17
Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements
Exercises

Exercise 8.2 Setting Up Customer Members


Add a new customer (called All Customers) to the Customer dimension. Give the
member the following characteristics:

Property Value
Valid for Plan Type Plan1
Aggregation for Plan1 ~
Data Storage StoreData
Two Pass Calc Cleared

Create a child member (called National Accounts) for All Customers. Give the member the
following characteristics:

Property Value
Valid for Plan Type Plan1
Aggregation for Plan1 +
Data Storage
Two Pass Calc
StoreData
Cleared
m y
d e
following characteristics:
c a
Create a child member for National Accounts (called N001). Give the member the

Property Value
e A
Alias (Default)
c l
Alliance Merchandise
Valid for Plan Type Plan1
r a
Aggregation for Plan1 +
O ly
Data Storage
Two Pass Calc
l & On
StoreData
Cleared
Salesrep
n a e
Tom Baker

t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
18 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements
Exercises

Exercise 8.3 Creating Smart Lists


In this exercise, you create and associate smart lists in the Shared Library.

Creating Smart Lists


Add a new dimension that is called Customer_Service_Level and that is of the type Smart
List.
TIP
Do not include prefixes in dimension names. Dimension names must match the
names in the metadata import files in lesson 9 and should include only the name
of the dimension.

Set the Planning properties label to Customer_Service_Level.

Adding Smart List Entries


Add the following members to the Customer_Service_Level smart list:
Platinum

m y
Gold
Silver
d e
Bronze
c a
Ensure that each member label is set in Planning properties.
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 19
Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File
Exercises

Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File

Exercise 9.1 Loading Entity and Account Dimension Members


In this exercise, you create an import profile and import metadata into the Entity and
Account dimensions.

Loading Entity Members


Create a profile to import HPFinbudEntity from a flat file. All load files are located in
C:\CF\PLN_CMA.
Execute the profile to import the HPFinbudEntity.ads file. In the File Properties section,
select the following:

Column Delimiter |
Remove Double Quotes on Strings Cleared
Remove White Space Selected
Suppress Transaction Logs Selected
m y
In the Map Dimensions section, select the following:
d e
Create dimensions for the non-mapped dimensions with c a
A
Selected
the source dimension name
Select All - Merge As Shared

c l e Selected

r a
Keep the default mappings for dimensions, and merge all dimensions.

O ly
Ensure that Merge As Shared is selected.

l & On
In Shared Library, verify that the Entity dimension contains the members you loaded.

n a e
Loading Account Members

t e r U s
Create a profile to import HPFinbudAccount from a flat file. Execute the profile to import

I n
the HPFinbudAccount.ads file. In the File Properties section, select the following:

l e
Column Delimiter
c |

O ra Remove Double Quotes on Strings Cleared

20 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File
Exercises

Remove White Space Selected


Suppress Transaction Logs Selected

In the Map Dimensions section, select the following:

Create dimensions for the non-mapped dimensions with Selected


the source dimension name
Select All - Merge As Shared Selected

Keep the default mappings for dimensions, and merge all dimensions.
Ensure that Merge As Shared is selected.
In Shared Library, verify that the Account dimension contains the members you loaded.

Exercise 9.2 Loading Sales Representatives


In this exercise, you create an import profile and import metadata into the Salesrep
dimension.

m y
Create a profile to import HPFinbudSalesrep from a flat file. Execute the profile to import
e
the HPFinbudSalesrep.ads file. In the File Properties section, select the following:
d
Column Delimiter |
c a
Remove Double Quotes on Strings Cleared

e A
Remove White Space

c l Selected
Suppress Transaction Logs

r a Selected

O ly
In the Map Dimensions section, select the following:

l & On
Create dimensions for the non-mapped dimensions with Selected
a e
the source dimension name

n
t e r U s
Select All - Merge As Shared Selected

I n
Keep the default mappings for dimensions, and merge all dimensions.

l e
Ensure that Merge As Shared is selected.

c
a
In Shared Library, verify that the Salesrep dimension contains the members you loaded.

r
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 21
Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File
Exercises

Exercise 9.3 Loading Customers


In this exercise, you create an import profile and import metadata into the Customer
dimension.
Create a profile to import HPFinbudCustomer from a flat file. Execute the profile to import
the HPFinbudCustomer.ads file. In the File Properties section, select the following:

Column Delimiter |
Remove Double Quotes on Strings Cleared
Remove White Space Selected
Suppress Transaction Logs Selected

In the Map Dimensions section, select the following:

Create dimensions for the non-mapped dimensions with Selected


the source dimension name
Select All - Merge As Shared Selected

Keep the default mappings for dimensions, and merge all dimensions.
m y
Ensure that Merge As Shared is selected.
d e
a
In Shared Library, verify that the Customer dimension contains the members you loaded.
c
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
22 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 10 Creating Applications
Exercises

Lesson 10 Creating Applications

Exercise 10.1 Creating Applications


In this exercise, you create an application for Finbud. You build the application from
dimensions in the Shared Library. You use the application wizard to create the
application.
In the Application Library, create a Planning application called Finbud.
Create local dimensions for Account, Alias, Currency, Entity, Customer, Period,
Scenario, Customer_Service_Level, Version, and Year.
For the new local year dimension, set up the Year dimension with the following
characteristics:

Field Dimension
Year Name Year
Fiscal Start Year 2007
Total Years 5
m y
d e
For the new local period dimension, set up the Period dimension with the following
characteristics:
c a
Field Dimension

e A
Period Name Period

c l
Start Period
Base Time Period
Jan

r a
12 Months
O ly
& On
In Custom Dimensions, create a local generic dimension called Customer.
l
a e
In Other Dimensions, create a local smart list dimension called Customer_Service_Level.
n
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 23
Lesson 10 Creating Applications
Exercises

Set the properties for Finbud using the following as a guide:

m y
e
Select Customer_Service_Level, and verify that the label is Customer_Service_Level.
d
Set the Customer dimension to be valid for Plan1 (Incstmt) only.
ca
Select Customer, and, in Planning Properties, select Apply Security.

e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
24 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Exercises

Lesson 11 Deploying Applications

Exercise 11.1 Validating and Deploying Applications


In this exercise, you validate and deploy the Finbud application.

Adding Dimensions from Shared Librar y


In Dimension Library, for the Finbud application, create a local attribute dimension called
salesrep. Set the local Salesrep dimension to be a text attribute dimension.

Associating the Customer and Salesrep Dimensions


Create a property (called Salesrep) in the local Customer dimension. Then create an
association between the local Salesrep dimension and the Salesrep property of the local
Customer dimension.

Associating the Alias and Customer Dimensions


In Finbud, verify that the local Alias dimension is associated to the alias property of the
local Customer dimension. If it is not associated, add the alias association to the m y
Customer dimension.
d e
Loading Members to the Salesrep Dimension c a
e
Using the following information, create an import profile. A
c l
Profile Name
Import Type r a
HpSalesrepsLocal
Flat File
Application O ly
Finbud

l & On
following:
n a e
Load the C:\CF\PLN_CMA\HPFinbudSalesrep.ads file, and, in the load profile, select the

Column Delimiter
t e r U s
I n
Remove Double Quotes on Strings
|
Cleared

l e
Remove White Space
c
Selected

r a Suppress Transaction Logs Selected

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 25
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Exercises

In the Map Dimensions section, select the following:

Create dimensions for the non-mapped dimensions with Selected


the source dimension name

Keep the default mappings for dimensions, and merge all dimensions.
Execute the profile.

Loading Members to the Customer Dimension


Create a profile to load the Finbud Customer dimension. Use the following information to
create an import profile.

Profile Name HpCustomerLocal


Import Type Flat File
Application Finbud

Load the C:\CF\PLN_CMA\HPFinbudCustomer.ads file, and, in the load profile, select the
following:

m y
Column Delimiter |
d e
Remove Double Quotes on Strings
Remove White Space
Cleared
Selected c a
Suppress Transaction Logs
eSelected A
c l
a
In the Map Dimensions section, select the following:
r
O ly
Create dimensions for the non-mapped dimensions with Selected
the source dimension name

l & On
a e
Keep the default mappings for dimensions, and merge all dimensions.
n
Execute the profile.

t e r U s
I n
Merging Dimensions from Shared Librar y

l e
For each of the following dimensions, in Shared Library, using the Replace method, merge
c
metadata with the dimensions and, thereby, populate the local application with a

r a
complete list of metadata.

O
26 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Exercises

Alias(local) - Set the Default Member system property for the Alias(local) dimension
to Default.
Customer_Service_Level(local)
Account(local)
Currency(local)
Entity(local)
Customer(local)
Period(local)
Year(local)
Scenario(local)
Version(local)

Activating Associations
Activate all associations for Finbud.

Setting the Evaluation Order m y


Set Data Type Evaluation Order for Incstmt so that Account is evaluated first.
d e
c a
Setting Performance Criteria

e A
l
In this part of the exercise, you set the performance settings.

c
follows:
r a
Set the performance settings for the Finbud application for Incstmt and Balsheet as

O ly
Dimension
Account
l & On
Value
Dense
Period
n a e
Dense
HSP_Rates

t e r s
Dense

U
Entity
Customer I n Sparse
Sparse
Year
c l e Sparse

O ra
Scenario Sparse

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 27


Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Exercises

Dimension Value
Version Sparse
Currency Sparse

NOTE
Balsheet does not have a Customer dimension.

Validating Applications
In the Application Library, validate the Finbud application. Navigate to the Library Job
Console, and review and correct any validation error.

Deploying Applications
Deploy the Finbud application. In the Deploy dialog box, enter the following information:

Instance Name Planning


Web Server
Application Server
win2k3ent
Planning
m y
Shared Services Project Planning Training Applications
d e
Data Source
Create Outline
Finbud
Selected c a
e A
c l
Ensure that you only select Create Outline and that Refresh Outline, Create Security
Filters, Shared Members Security Filters, and Validate Security Filter Limit are cleared.

r a
Review the deploy job in the Job Console.
O ly
Adding Member Formulas
l & On
a e
In Dimension Library in the finbud application, expand Account > Income Statement >
n
t e r
Statistical Information, and select 7000. Add a member formula for account 7000 to be
Gross Profit % Net Sales; .
U s
I n
Adding a Member Formula for Net Inc

c l e
Now that all account members are loaded into the application, use the @XREF function

r a
to set the value of Net Inc (of the Balsheet database) to the data value from the Net
Income, All Customers member (of the Incstmt database). The @XREF function requires

Oa locationAlias argument, which refers to a descriptor that identifies the data source.

28 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Exercises

Verifying the Location Alias


In Administration Console, review the locationAliasmember for BalanceSheet.

Setting Up an XREF Function for Net Inc


In Performance Management Architect, you use the @XREF function to set the value of
Net Inc to the data value from the Net Income, All Customers member (in the Incstmt
database). Set Net Inc in Dimension Library in the Finbud application.
The syntax of the @XREF function is as follows:
@XREF(locationAlias [, mbrList])

Enter @XREF(_Revcube_,Net Income,All Customers);


Validate the member formula.

Modifying Smart List Account


In Dimension Library, for Finbud, set the following properties for account 6060, and click
Save:

Property Value
m y
Data Storage StoreData
d e
Data Type SmartList

c a
Smart List
Default: Alias
Customer_Service_Level

e
Customer Class A
c l
Redeploy Finbud
r a
O ly
In the Deploy dialog box, enter or verify the following information:

Instance Name
l & On
Planning
Web Server
n a e
win2k3ent
Application Server
Shared Services Project
t e r U s
Planning
Planning Training Applications
Data Source
I n Finbud

l e
Refresh Outline
c
Selected

r a
Ensure that you select only Refresh Outline and that Create Outline, Create Security

OFilters, Shared Members Security Filters, and Validate Security Filter Limit are cleared.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 29


Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Exercises

Review the deploy job in the Job Console.

Accessing Deployed Applications


Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Refresh.
Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
You can now access the Finbud application in Workspace.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
30 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 12 Setting Up Exchange Rates
Exercises

Lesson 12 Setting Up Exchange Rates

Exercise 12.1 Setting Up Exchange Rate Tables and Exchange Rates


In this exercise, you set up two exchange rate tables for converting actual and budget
local currency values to reporting currency values and enter the exchange rates. You
need to be able to convert any currency to the U.S. dollar. You do not need to convert
other currencies. For example, you do not need to convert Japanese yen to British
pounds or British pounds to Japanese yen. You enter Actual Rates for 2008 and Budget
and Forecast rates for 2009.

Setting Up Actual Exchange Rates


Select the rate table Actual Rates, and edit the Actual Rates table to specify the following
conversions by using the Fill Table option to fill all years:

To From Average Rate Ending Rate


USD EUR 1.1179 1.1402
USD GBP 1.5997 1.6317

m y
USD
USD
JPY
SGD
0.008411
0.56405
0.008579
0.57579
d e
c a
You do not need to enter exchange rates for the Historical and Beg Balance columns.

e A
Setting Up Budget Exchange Rates

c l
r a
Select the rate table Budget and Forecast, and edit the Budget and Forecast table to
specify the following conversions by using the Fill Table option to fill all years:

To From O ly
Average Rate Ending Rate
USD EUR
l & On 1.1291 1.1516
USD GBP
n a e 1.6156 1.6317
USD
USD
JPY
SGD
t e r U s 0.008489
0.56969
0.008658
0.57538

I n
c l e
Refreshing the Essbase Databases
In Planning, refresh the Essbase databases.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 31
Lesson 12 Setting Up Exchange Rates
Exercises

Next, generate the currency conversion calculation script named PlanCurB. The currency
conversion calculation script should be generated for Bottom-Up version types for
specific currencies (USD and Euro), scenarios (Actual, Budget, and Forecast), and
versions (Draft 1, Draft 2, Final, Working, and Scratch).
Generate the currency conversion calculation script named PlanCurT. The currency
conversion calculation script should be generated for specific currencies (USD and Euro)
and scenarios (Actual, Budget, and Forecast) and for the Target version.
In Administration Services, expand the Essbase Servers node down to the
Finbud:Incstmt database. Expand the Calculation Scripts node.
Notice that the HspCRtB and HspCRtT calculation scripts are in the list. These
calculation scripts were created when the database was refreshed.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
32 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 14 Loading Data
Exercises

Lesson 14 Loading Data

Exercise 14.1 Loading Data into Planning


In this exercise, you load data for the Actual scenario for 2008 and for the Budget
scenario for 2009.
Open Essbase Administration Services Console, and log on as trnadmin with the
password hyperion.
Select the Finbud:Incstmt database, and load the data file C:\CF\PLN_CMA\IncData.txt.
Select the Finbud:Balsheet database, and load the data file C:\CF\PLN_CMA\BalData.txt.
You calculate the databases in the next exercise.

Exercise 14.2 Using Essbase Load Rules to Load Data


In this exercise, you use a load rule to load data for the Incstmt database.

Creating Load Rules m y


For the Finbud:Incstmt database, create a load rule.
d e
To accomplish this task:
c a
Associate the load rule with the Finbud:Incstmt outline.
e A
c l
Open the data file C:\CF\PLN_CMA\Michigan.txt.

r a
Specify that the first record contains the data load field names.

O ly
In the first column (Year), replace 2008 with FY08 and 2009 with FY09.

& On
In the sixth column (Entity), replace 210-MICH with 210.
l
a e
Specify that the fourth column (Area) does not need to be loaded.
n
t e r U s
On the server, save the load rule as MichLoad.rul.

I n
Loading Data Using Load Rules

l e
On the server, using the load rule MichLoad.rul, load the data file
c
C:\CF\PLN_CMA\Michigan.txt into the Finbud:Incstmt database. Change the name of the

r a
error output file to C:\CF\PLNCMA\MichLoad.err.

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 33
Lesson 14 Loading Data
Exercises

If errors occur during the load, check the error log file. Modify the load rules as required,
and try loading the file again.

Calculating the Essbase Databases


Calculate the Finbud:Incstmt database by running the following calculation scripts
individually in the following order:
- HspCRtBCopy exchange rates for bottom-up versions
- HspCRtTCopy exchange rates for target versions
- PlanCurBCopy exchange rates for bottom-up versions
- PlanCurTCopy exchange rates for target versions
- (default)Default calculation to CALC ALL
Calculate the Finbud:Balsheet database. Use the calculation scripts and order of
calculation that you used to calculate the Finbud:Incstmt database.
Exit Administration Services Console.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
34 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 15 Provisioning Users and Groups
Exercises

Lesson 15 Provisioning Users and Groups

Exercise 15.1 Provisioning Hyperion System 9 Planning Users and


Groups
In this exercise, in Shared Services Console, you provision users and groups for the
Finbud application. Before you can provision the users, you must add the Finbud
application to an application group. You also verify that the users were provisioned with
the correct roles. This exercise begins in Planning. You should be logged on the Finbud
application as user trnadmin.

Provisioning Users
In Shared Services Console, provision the following users from the Native user directory
for the Finbud application within the Planning Training Applications group.

User Role
Kreilly Planner
Mwoo Planner

m y
Rjackson Interactive User, Mass Allocation

d e
Verify that the Interactive Reporting Viewer role is selected for Rjackson.
c a
Provisioning Groups
e A
c l
In Shared Services Console, provision the following groups from the Native user

a
directory for the Finbud application within the Planning Training Applications group.
r
Group Role
O ly
PlanIU_All
& On
Interactive User
l
PlanIU_Europe
a e
Interactive User

n
PlanIU_NA
PlanIU_PacRim
t e r U s
Interactive User
Interactive User
Planners_All
I n
Planner

c
Planners_NA l e
Planners_Europe Planner
Planner

r a
Planners_PacRim Planner

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 35
Lesson 15 Provisioning Users and Groups
Exercises

Group Role
PlanViewers_All View User
PlanAdmins Provisioning Manager, Administrator, Manage
Models, Offline User, Mass Allocation

Verifying User Provisioning


In Shared Services Console, run the View report to verify that the users and groups have
the correct role assignments for the Finbud application.

After viewing the report, return to Planning. Log off and end the session.

Logging On to Performance Management Architect


Log on to Workspace as trnadmin with hyperion as the password.

Setting Up the Application for All Users


In Application Settings, enable the Finbud application so that All Users can use the
Finbud application.

m y
Logging on as Other Users
d e
c
Because Kreilly is a planner, the Administration menu is not displayed. a
Log on the Finbud application with the username Kreilly and the password hyperion.

e A
Log off and end the session. Log on the Finbud application with the username Rjackson
l
and the password hyperion. Because Rjackson is an interactive user, the Administration
c
Task List, and Manage User Variables.
r a
menu is displayed, but the only available selections are Manage Data Forms, Manage

O ly
Log off and end the session. Log on the Finbud application with the username trnadmin
and the password hyperion.
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
36 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications
Exercises

Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning


Applications

Exercise 16.1 Setting Up Dimension Access


In this exercise, you assign access rights to scenarios and entities in the dimension
editor. This exercise begins in Planning. You should be logged on the Finbud application
as user trnadmin.

Assigning Access to Scenarios


Assign access rights to members of the Scenario dimension, as shown in the following
table.

Member User or Group Access Right


Actual PlanIU_All Write
Planners_All
Actual PlanViewers_All Read

m y
Assigning Access to Entities
d e
c a
Assign access rights to members of the Entity dimension, as shown in the following
table.

e A
Member User or Group
c l Access Right Inheritance Option
Worldwide Mwoo
Rjackson r a Read Member

North America Kreilly O ly Write Descendants(inclusive)


North America
l & On
Planners_NA Write Descendants(inclusive)
Europe

n a e
PlanIU_Europe Write Descendants(inclusive)
Europe
PacRim
t e r U s
Planners_Europe
PlanIU_PacRim
Write
Write
Descendants(inclusive)
Descendants(inclusive)

I n
c l e
In Planning, refresh the database. Select Security Filters.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 37
Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications
Exercises

Exercise 16.2 Importing Access Rights


In this exercise, you import security access rights for users, groups, and members by
using the ImportSecurity utility and the secfile.txt file. The security access rights
import file must be called Secfile.txt and must reside in the
c:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin folder.

Modifying the Import Security Access File


Use Notepad to open and edit the file C:\Hyperion\Products\Planning\bin\Secfile.txt. Review the
access rights that are set up in the file for scenarios, versions, accounts, customers, and
entities.
Add the following access rights to the file, and save your changes.

User or Group Member Access Right Inheritance Option


PlanIU_All Forecast Write Member
Planners_All
Kreilly Final Read Member
PlanIU_All
Planners_All
Saved Assumptions Write Descendants(inclusive)

m y
Mwoo Retail Write
e
Children(inclusive)

d
Mwoo PacRim Write
a
Descendants(inclusive)

c
Importing the Security Access File

e A
l
Access the command prompt, and navigate to the Hyperion\Products\Planning\bin folder.

c
r a
Use the ImportSecurity utility to import the access rights to the Finbud application. If
errors occur in the file, a message informs you that the security import completed with
errors.
O ly
& On
The following list shows some common errors:
l
a e
Record not processed - PlanIU_All,Actuals,Read,member - invalid member
n
name

t e r s
Record not processed - Kreily,Final,Read,member - invalid user name
U
I n
Record not processed - Mwoo,Europe,Read,idescendnts - invalid access flag
Record not processed - Rjackson,Worldwide,Read,member - Lower access right

c l e
detected for member:Worldwide and User:Rjackson
If errors were encountered, correct them in the secfile.txt file, and run the import

r a
again.

O
38 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications
Exercises

Viewing Security for Shared Members


Use the dimension editor to verify Mwoos access to the entity member 200 (Illinois),
versus access to the 200 (Illinois) shared member. When security was imported, Mwoo
was not given direct access to Illinois. However, Mwoo has Read access to the
Headquarters member and its descendants. Therefore, Mwoo has Read access to the
HQ-US member and the 200 (Shared) member and access to Illinois under the Central
region.

Generating Security Filters for All Users


In Planning, refresh the database for Finbud to generate security filters for all users and
shared members.

Generating Individual Security Filters


In Planning, assign Kreilly Write access to the target version.
Create security filters just for Kreilly.
Close the Finbud application.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 39
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders

Exercise 17.1 Creating Data Forms


In this exercise, you define Essbase substitution variables for the current year for both
the Actual and Budget scenarios. You then create three folders to store forms, and you
create several forms. You add dynamic rows and make part of the data form read-only.

Setting Up Substitution Variables


Launch Administration Services Console, and connect to the localhost server as user
trnadmin with the password hyperion.
Create variables that are based on the following information:

Field Value
Essbase Server localhost
Application Finbud
Database
Name
Incstmt
ActYear
m y
Value FY08
d e
c a
Using the preceding information, create a variable named BudYear with FY09 for the
value. Exit Essbase Administration Services Console.

e A
Creating Folders
c l
r a
Create three form folders as children of the root Forms folder. Name the first folder Income

O ly
Statement, the second Verify BR, and the third Target Setting.

Creating Forms
l & On
n a e
In the Verify BR folder, create and save a data form with the following specifications:

Field
t e r U sValue
Data Form
I n Verify App

l
Description

c e Verify application formulas and aggregations

r a
Plan Type Incstmt

O
40 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

Axis Dimensions Members Properties


Columns Period IDescendants(Year Total) Member Name
Start Expanded
Medium Column Width
Rows Account IDescendants(IBT) Member Name
Children(Saved Assumptions) Member Alias
IDescendants(Client Information) Start Expanded
Net Income
Page Entity Descendants(North America) Alias
IChildren(UK)
IChildren(Japan)
Customer IDescendants (All Customers)
Scenario Budget, Actual
Version Working, Draft 1, Draft 2, Final
Year &BudYear, &ActYear
Point of View Currency Local not visible

m y
Other Options
Precision
Properties
Currency values: 2 for minimum and maximum
d e
c
Noncurrency values: 2 for minimum and maximum a
A
Percentage values: 2 for minimum and maximum

e
Display Properties
l
Display missing values as blank: selected

c
Enable account annotations: selected

r a
Enable Grid Spread: selected

O ly
Enable Cell-Level Document: selected
Smart View options
& On
Enable for Smart Slice: selected

l
Enable Offline Usage: selected

n a e
Exercise 17.2
t e r U s
Optional: Creating Asymmetric Forms

I n
c l e
Creating Forms
Create a data form in the Income Statement folder.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 41
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

On the Properties tab, enter the following specifications for the data form:

Field Value
Data Form Act - Bud Expenses
Description Asymmetric Form for Actual Final /Budget Draft 1 Expenses
Plan type Incstmt

Assigning Dimensions to Forms


For the columns, enter the following dimensions and members:

Field Value
Scenario Actual
Version Final
Year &ActYear
Period Children of Q1

Add another column, and select the following dimensions and members for it:

m y
Field Value

d e
Scenario
Version
Budget
Draft 1
c a
Year &BudYear

e A
Period
l
Children of Q1
c
r a
Accept the default selections for the dimension properties. For the column properties, for
column width, select Size-to-Fit.
O ly
l
select Children (inc) of Tot Exp.
& On
For the rows, select the Account dimension. For the members of the Account dimension,

n a e
t e r
For the account dimension properties, clear Member Name. Select Member Alias and Start
s
expanded. For the row properties, select Allow users to dynamically add rows.
U
I n
In the Page area, select the Entity dimension and Children of South.

l e
In the page Properties area, select Alias.

c
r a
O
42 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

In the Point of View Dimension(s) area, make the following member selections:

Field Value
Currency Local
Customer No Customer

For the display properties, select Display missing values as blank.


Preview and save the data form.

Reviewing Data Forms


In the Navigation frame, select the Income Statement folder, and open the Act - Bud
Expenses data form.
Review the page members. For Entity, the children of South should be available.
In the page area, select Texas.
Notice that the level 0 expense accounts add up to Total Expenses, as defined in the
application. The expense accounts are displayed with their default alias names.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
Changing the Actual Scenario to Read-Only
OIn the Dimension Library, in Finbud, select the Scenario(local) dimension.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 43


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

Edit the Actual scenario, and change the start period from Jan to Apr. Deploy the Finbud
application, refreshing the outline. The Actual scenario is now available for input starting
in April. Jan, Feb, and Mar are read-only.
Open the Act - Bud Expenses data form for data entry. Notice that the Actual columns for
Jan, Feb, and Mar are shaded, indicating read-only values.

Exercise 17.3 Creating Composite Data Forms


In this exercise, you create a composite data form so that you can view information at
both a summarized and a detailed level.

Adding Smart Lists and Non-Currency Values to Data Forms


Create a data form called Customer Sales Detailed. Create a second data form, to show
summarized information and call form Customer Sales Summary.
Finally, create a composite form that shows the two forms that you just created. Call the
composite data form Customer Sales Info.
Follow the instructions to create these forms.

m y
Creating a Detailed Data Form
Set up a new data form with the following properties:
d e
c a
Field
Data Form
Value

e
Customer Sales Detailed A
Description
c l
Customer Sales information by account
Plan Type IncStmt
r a
O ly
Assigning Dimensions to Forms

l & On
For the columns, enter the following dimensions and members:

n a e
Field
Period
t e r
Value

U s
Descendants inclusive of YearTotal

I n
c l e
In the Row Dimension(s) area, select Customer.
For the members of the Customer dimension, select Children of National Accounts.

r a
O
44 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

In the Row Dimension(s) area, select Account. For the members of the Account
dimension, select Children inclusive of 4000 (Trade Sales). Select the following accounts to
include on the data form: 6060, 6070, and 6080.
In Dimension Properties for Account, perform the following actions:
- Select Member Alias.
- Click Submit.
In the Page Dimension(s) area, select the Entity dimension and Idescendants of North
America.
In the Page Properties area, select Alias.
In the Point of View Dimension(s) area, enter the following dimensions and
members:

Dimension Value
Currency Local
Scenario Budget
Version
Year
Draft 1
FY09
m y
In the Display Properties area, select Display missing values as blank.
d e
Preview the data form, and Save.
c a
e A
Creating a Summar y Data Form
c l
a
On the Properties tab, for the data form, enter the following specifications:
r
Field
O ly
Value
Data Form

l & On
Customer Sales Summary
Description

n a e
Customer Sales information
Plan Type

t e r U
IncStmt
s
n
Assigning Dimensions to Forms
I
c l e
For the columns, enter the following dimensions and members:

r a
Field
Period
Value
descendants inclusive of YearTotal

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 45
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

In the Row Dimension(s) area, select Customer.


For the members of the Customer dimension, select Children of National Accounts.
In the Row Dimension(s) area, select Account. For the members of the Account
dimension, select 4000 and 4200.
In Dimension Properties for Account, perform the following actions:
- Select Member Alias.
- Click Submit.
In the Page Dimension(s) area, select the Entity dimension and IDescendants of North
America.
In the Page Properties area, select Alias.
In the Point of View Dimension(s) area, enter the following dimensions and members:

Dimension Value
Currency Local
Scenario Budget
Version Draft 1
m y
Year FY09

d e
In the Display Properties area, select Display missing values as blank.
c a
Preview the data form, and click Save.

e A
Creating a Composite Data Form
c l
r a
On the Properties tab, for the data form, enter the following specifications:

O ly
Field
Data Form
l & On
Value
Composite Customer Sales
Description
n a e
Customer Sales
Make data form hidden
t e r s
Not selected

U
I n
Select Combine POV and Combine Page.

l e
Make sure that, in the data form layout, 1 and Columns is selected.
c
r a
Select the Income Statement folder, and select the Customer Sales Detailed and Customer
Sales Summary data forms.
O
46 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

Move the forms to Selected Data Forms.


Save the data form.

Exercise 17.4 Creating Data Forms to Convert Currencies


In this exercise, you create a data form to convert currencies. You place the Currency
dimension in the page area and convert values on the data form. This exercise begins on
the Planning Web client. You should be logged on the Finbud application as user
trnadmin. You should be on the Data Form Management page.
In the Income Statement folder, create the data form that is displayed in the following
figure. Name the data form Convert Currencies and describe the form as Handling
currencies in a data form. Select the Incstmt plan type.
For the data form, enter the following instructions:
To convert values from Local to USD and EUR, select Edit > Launch
Rules. Select the Calculate Currencies business rule and click
Launch. After the rule runs successfully, refresh the data in the
data form.
Create the following data form. Some additional details follow the figure.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
Set the column width to Medium.
The entities selected are 200, 400, 460, and 600.

r a
In the Page area, select Level 0 members of Currency and Level 0 members of

O Customers.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 47


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

Currencies should be displayed with 3 decimal places, for both the minimum and
maximum values.
Display properties should allow multiple currencies per entity, and missing data
should display #missing instead of blank.

Testing Data Forms


Open the Convert Currencies data form for data entry.
The rows display three sales accounts each for Illinois, London, Spain, and Tokyo. From
the Page drop-down list, you can select the currenciesLocal and the two reporting
currencies USD and EUR. All of the level 0 customers are available in the Page drop-
down list.
Notice that the column for Jan displays #MISSING for the data value, but you do not see
the Local currency code. Position the cursor between the Jan and Feb columns, and
drag the column width out until you can see #MISSING as well as the currency code.
From the Page drop-down list, for the Customer dimension, select Computer Solutions,
and click Go. Notice that the column size persists for this session. Dragging the column
does not permanently change the definition of the columns width. In Data Form
Management, change Properties for Column Width to Size-to-Fit or Custom and specify
the width.
m y
In the Page area, select Local and Other Customer.
d e
c a
In Jan, for each of the entities, enter 100 for account 4000-100:Network Sales. In Feb,

data.
e A
for each of the entities, enter 200 for account 4000-100:Network Sales, and save the

c l
In the Page area, change the currency to USD. The data is displayed as #MISSING and
shaded. These are read-only cells.
r a
O ly
View the data form instructions. After viewing the data form instructions, close the
Instructions box.

l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
48 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

Using Launch Rules, launch the <Calculate Currencies> rule. After the rule launches,
refresh the data in the data form. The data is now displayed in USD. Notice that the
London, Spain, and Tokyo values were converted from their local currencies to USD.

Return to Data Form Management.


m y
In the Page area, change the currency to EUR, and review the data values for the euro.

d e
Exercise 17.5 Assigning Access to Data Forms
c a
In this exercise, you assign access to the data forms.
e A
c l
Assigning Data Form Access
r a
Assign the following access to the forms:
O ly
Data Form
& On
User/Group

l
Access
Convert Currencies Mwoo

n a e Read
Verify App

t e r
Planners_All
s
PlanIU_All
U
Read

I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 49
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Exercises

Verifying Data Form Access


Log on the Finbud application as user Rjackson with the password hyperion. Rjackson is
an interactive user and does have access to the Administration task Manage Data
Forms. Select the Verify BR folder. The data forms that RJackson has access to are
displayed.
Log on the Finbud application as user Mwoo with the password hyperion. Mwoo is a
planner and does not have access to any Administration task. Verify that Mwoo has
access to the Convert Currencies and Verify App data forms. Log off Workspace.
Log on the Finbud application as user trnadmin with the password hyperion.

Reviewing Data Form Definitions


Use the administration reporting task to review the definition of the Verify App and
Convert Currencies data forms, and create the report. Review the report for both data
form definitions, including the access rights that you just assigned. Close the report.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
50 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Exercises

Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms

Exercise 18.1 Exporting and Importing Data Forms


In this exercise, you use the FormDefUtil.cmd utility to export a data form from the
HYPlan application, modify the definition of the data form, and then import the data form
into the Finbud application. The next step is to modify the data form to add Attribute
members and to save the data form with a new name. This exercise begins in Planning.
You should be logged on the Finbud application as user trnadmin.

Exporting Data Forms


From the Windows desktop, select Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command
Prompt.
At the command prompt, change your default folder to Hyperion\products\Planning\bin.
Use the FormDefUtil utility to export the Sales Budget vs Target data form from the
HYPlan application.
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd
m y
<export> <form name> <planning server name> <user name>
<application>
d e
c
To confirm the export, type dir *.xml, and press Enter. The Sales Budget vsa
Target.xml file is displayed.

e
Leave the command prompt window open, but minimize it. A
c l
r a
Reviewing the Data Form Definition and Importing the Data Form

O ly
Return to the Windows desktop, and use Notepad to open the

Exit Notepad.
l & On
C:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin\Sales Budget vs Target.xml file.

n a e
t e r
Return to the command prompt window.

U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 51
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Exercises

Use the FormDefUtil utility to import the Sales Budget vs Target.xml file to the Finbud
application. When the import is complete, the message Form imported complete is
displayed.
The syntax for importing a data form definition file is
Formdefutil.cmd <import> <file name> <planning server name> <user
name> <application>
NOTE
If an error is encountered, check the
C:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin\FormDefUtil.log file.

Exporting Standard Expenses


Use the FormDefUtil utility to export the Standard Expenses data form from the HYPlan
application.
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd
<export> <form name> <planning server name> <user name>
<application>
To confirm the export, type dir *.xml, and press Enter. The Standard Expenses.xml
m y
file is displayed.
d e
Importing Standard Expenses
c a
A
Use the FormDefUtil utility to import the Standard Expenses.xml file to the Finbud
e
displayed.
c l
application. When the import is complete, the message Form imported complete is

r a
The syntax for importing a data form definition file is
O ly
Formdefutil.cmd <import> <file name> <planning server name> <user name>
<application>
l & On
Exit the command prompt.
n a e
t e r U s
Verifying Results and Modifying Data Forms

I n
Return to the Finbud application and Data Form Management.

l e
From the Target Setting folder, edit the Sales Budget vs Target data form. Change the
c
description to Trade Sales for NA by Sales Representative.

r a
O
52 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Exercises

For the row dimensions, replace Entity with Customer. Use the Select Members browse
button to select all Salesrep attribute members by expanding Salesrep, selecting the
Attributes check box, and adding the attribute members to Selected Members.
Add Entity to the page dimensions. For the Entity dimension members, select the
children of Central, South, East, and West.
Save the data form as Sales Budget vs Target by Salesrep.
Open the Sales Budget vs Target by Sales Rep data form for data entry. Notice that the
customers that are associated with each Sales Rep member are automatically displayed
in the rows.

Exercise 18.2 Optional: Creating Menus


In the Finbud application, create a menu called Enter Driver Information with the
following values:

Field Value
Menu Item Drivers
Label Enter headcount and rates
m y
Icon Leave blank

d e
Type
Required Dimension
Data Form
None
c a
Properties Properties for Data Form

e A
Data Form Folder
l
Verify BR
c
Data Form

r a
Verify App

O ly
Associate the menu with the Standard Expenses data form.

l & On
Entering Data in Data Forms by Using Custom Menus

n a e
e r
Select the Standard Expenses form. Right-click in the Account column, and select Enter
s
Headcount and Rates. For page members, select Wisconsin, Budget, FY09, No Customer,
and Draft 1. t U
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 53
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Exercises

Enter and save data values according to the following table:

Account Period Value


6000:Headcount Jan-Mar 3
6010:T&E Rate Jan-Mar 500
6020:Software Rate Jan-Mar 700

Exercise 18.3 Setting User Preferences


In this exercise, you use the German alias table to view a data form and modify display
options. This exercise begins in Planning. You should be logged on the Finbud
application as user trnadmin.

Exporting the Act-Bud Expenses Data Form from HYPlan


You export the Act-Bud expenses data form from hyplan so that you can import the form
into finbud. However, if you completed the optional exercise to create the Act-Bud
expenses data form, you do not need to do this portion of the exercise.
Open a Command prompt, and export the Act-Bud Expenses data form from Hyplan.
m y
Remember to change the directory to CD\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin.
d e
The current folder is changed to the bin folder.
c a
HYPlan, and press Enter.
e A
At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd export Act-Bud Expenses win2k3ent trnadmin

c l
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd

r a
<export> <data form name> <planning server name> <user name>
<application>
O ly
& On
At the password prompt, enter hyperion.

l
TIP

n a e
The password is not displayed on the screen.

t e r U s
I n
Importing the Act-Bud Expenses Data Form to Finbud

l e
If you completed the optional exercise to create the Act-Bud expenses data form, you do
c
not need to do this portion of the exercise.

r a
O
54 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Exercises

If you are not in the hyperion\products\planning\bin directory, at the command prompt, type
CD\hyperion\products\planning\bin.
At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd import Act-Bud Expenses.xml win2k3ent
trnadmin Finbud, and press Enter.
At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
Exit the command prompt.

Assigning Data Form Access to Act-Bud Expenses


In Planning, assign access to the Act-Bud Expenses data form according to the following
criteria:

Data Form User/Group Access


Act-Bud Expenses RJackson Write
Kreilly Read

Modifying Alias Tables and Display Options


In Data Entry, review the Act - Bud Expenses data form. The data form is displayed with
m
the account descriptions from the default alias table. Values are displayed with a comma
y
for the thousands separator.
d e
formatting display selections. c a
On the Preferences page, select the German alias table, and make the following number

e A
Field Value

c l
Thousands Separator
Decimal Separator
Space
Dot
r a
Negative Sign O ly
Parentheses
Negative Color
l
Red
& On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 55
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Exercises

Return to the Act - Bud Expenses data form, and verify that the account descriptions
were retrieved from the German alias table. Verify that a space is displayed for the
thousands separator.

m y
d e
c a
Return to the Preferences page. Change the number formatting options back to
Currency Setting. Change the alias table back to Default.

e A
Managing User Variables
c l
r a
For the Entity dimension, add a user variable named MyCostCenter.

O ly
From the Target Setting folder, edit the Sales Budget vs Target data form. For the rows,

l & On
replace the entity members with the substitution variable IChildren(&MyCostCenter).
Return to the Preferences page, and select the User Variable tab. For the MyCostCenter

n a e
user variable, from the Entity dimension, select East.

e r s
Open the Sales Budget vs Target data form for data entry. Notice that only East and its
t U
children are displayed in the rows.

I n
c l e
r a
O
56 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Exercises

Lesson 19 Entering Data

Exercise 19.1 Entering Data and Verifying Application Setup


In this exercise, you create a data form to verify part of the application setup, such as
aggregations and formulas. You also use some of the data entry features, such as
spreading data and entering account annotations and supporting detail. This exercise
begins in Planning. You should be logged on the Finbud application as user trnadmin.

Entering Data and Verifying Application Setup


Open the Verify App data form.
In the Page area, select London for the entity, and select Computer Solutions, Budget,
Working, and FY09. No data should be displayed in the data form.

For the Georgia entity, enter the following data, and note what values are filled in for either
the corresponding quarter or the corresponding months, as well as for Year Total. For
example, as you enter values for Jan, Feb, and Mar, what value is automatically updated
in Q1 and in Year Total? As you enter data in Q2, what values are automatically spread in
m y
Apr, May, and Jun?
d e
Account Jan Feb Mar Q1
c a Q2
4000-100 100 150

e
225
A 540
4000-200
4100
c l 500
35
600
40
4200-100
r a 261 300
4200-200
O ly 275 330

l & On
Modify the data in the Year Total column. For account 4000-100, enter 1200; and, for
a e
account 4000-200, enter 1300. How do the modifications affect the data in the quarters and
n
months?
Save the data.
t e r U s
I n
Change the entity to South.

c l e
Launch the <Calculate Data Form> business rule. Verify that the data aggregated correctly

a
by checking the values in accounts 4000, 4200, and Operating Margin.
r
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 57
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Exercises

Using Grid Spreader to Spread Data


Change the entity to Georgia. Select the Q2 cell for Total Expenses, and select Grid
Spread. Spread 20000.

Performing Analysis by Using Flexible Data Entr y


For account name 4000-100, increase the value in Jan by 25.
For account name 4100, decrease the value in Q2 by 5%.
For account name 4000-300, in Q1, enter 600. Lock the value for Feb; and, in Q1, enter 800.
Save the data.

Attaching Documents to Cells


In the Page area, for the entity, select Colorado, and select No Customer, Budget, Draft 2,
and FY09.
For account 6080 in Jan, add the SampleContactList document.
In the Page area, for the entity, select Georgia, and select Computer Solutions, Budget,
Working, and FY09.
For account 4000-100 in Jan, add the SampleCellAttachment document.
m y
d e
Adding Account Annotations
c a
enter Need to increase by 5%.
e A
For any account, enter an annotation of your choice. For example, for account 4000-100,

Save the data.


c l
r a
Entering Supporting Detail
O ly
following supporting detail:
l & On
Select the cells for expense account 5240:Travel Other for Jan, Feb, and Mar, and enter the

n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
OThe total is automatically calculated.

58 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 19 Entering Data
Exercises

Save the data.

Adding a Calculation and Duplicating a Row


Select the cells for account 5240:Travel Other for Jan, Feb, and Mar, and modify the
supporting detail by deleting the Meals label. Then add the following child and data
values for Hotel:

The value of Hotel is calculated.


Duplicate the Hotel row, and change the heading of the second Hotel label to Meals.
Notice that, when you duplicate Hotel, the children of Hotel are also duplicated.

m y
For Meals, change the Daily Rate to 50. The new value of Meals is calculated.

d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
Save the data.
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 59
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Exercises

Exercise 19.2 Verifying Net Inc Formula


In this exercise, you create a data form to verify data in the Net Inc account. In an earlier
exercise, a formula was defined for this account. The formula uses the @XREF function
to retrieve Net Income, All Customers data from the Incstmt database.
Next, you create a composite data form that contains the Verify Net Inc and Verify App
data forms. You use the composite data form to verify that the Net Inc Balsheet plan data
for Georgia (Jan, Feb, Mar) ties to the Net Income values in the Incstmt plan.

Creating a Data Form


In the Verify BR folder, create and save a data form with the following specifications:

Field Value
Data Form Verify Net Inc
Description Verify the XREF formula for the Net Inc account
Plan Type Balsheet

Axis
Columns
Dimensions
Period
Members
IChildren(Q1)
Properties
Member Name
m y
e
Start Expanded
d
Rows Entity IChildren(South)
a
Medium Column Width

c
Member Name

e A
Member Alias

c l Start Expanded
Point of View Account
Currency r a
Net Inc
Local
Alias

Scenario O ly
Budget
Version
l & On
Draft 1
Year

n a e &BudYear

t e r
Creating a Composite Data Form
U s
I n
Create a composite data form with the following specifications:

Field
c l e Value

O ra
Data Form Composite Verify App

60 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 19 Entering Data
Exercises

Field Value
Description Verify application formulas and aggregations
Make data form hidden Not selected

Clear Combine POV and Combine Page. Ensure that, in the data form layout, 1 and
columns is selected. Select the Verify App and Verify Net Inc forms.

Verifying Net Inc Values


Open the Composite Verify App data form, and make the following Page selections:
South, All Customers, Budget, Draft 1, and FY09.
Verify that the Net Inc values in the Balsheet plan for South for Jan, Feb, and March tie to
the Net Income values in the Incstmt plan.

Exercise 19.3 Entering Data by Using Smart Lists


Open the Verify App data form, and make the following page selections: Georgia, Best

selected value to February through December. For account 6070 for Jan, enter
m y
Bargains, Budget, Draft 1, and FY09. For account 6060, select Bronze for Jan, and copy the

d e
01/01/2008, and copy the entered value to February through December. For account 6080
for Jan, enter Mike Richards, and copy the entered value to February through December.

c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 61
Lesson 20 Entering Data in Smart View
Exercises

Lesson 20 Entering Data in Smart View

Exercise 20.1 Using Smart View to Enter Data


In this exercise, you first establish a connection to the Finbud application from Smart
View. You then enter and modify data values while online.

Establishing a Data Source Connection


Open Microsoft Excel, and use the Smart View Data Source Manager to connect to
Finbud and to open the Verify App data form.
Connect to the Finbud:IncStmt connection as user trnadmin with the password hyperion.

Entering Data
In the Verify BR folder, select the Verify App data form. Make the following page
selections.

Dimension Member Selection

m y
Entity
Customer
Kyoto
PacRim Distributors
d e
Scenario Budget
c a
Version Draft 1

e A
Year FY09

c l
r a
Enter the following data, and note what values are filled in for either the corresponding

O ly
quarter or the corresponding months, as well as Year Total.

Account Jan
l & On Feb Mar Q1
5230:Airfare Expense 1000

n a e 1500 2000
5240:Travel Other
5310:Office Expense
t e r U s 8000
6000

I n
c l e
r a
O
62 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 20 Entering Data in Smart View
Exercises

Select Jan, Feb, and Mar for account 5130:Advertising Expense, and enter the following
supporting details.

Itemization Jan Feb Mar


Advertising Itemization
TV 2500 2000 2550
Radio 1200 1000 1500
Internet 1800 1650 1750

For account name 5210:Fringe Expense, in Mar, enter 35000.


For account name 5210:Fringe Expense, in Mar, for cell text, enter Quarterly bonus pay out.
The cell now has a blue border to indicate that cell text is associated with the
cell.
Save the data.
In the pages, select Japan, and calculate the data on the data form by using the
<Calculate Data Form> business rule. Refresh the spreadsheet to see the updated values.
Disconnect from the data source. Save the spreadsheet as Japanese Distributors.xls, and
m y
exit Excel.

d e
Viewing Added Data in Planning
c a
you entered.
e A
In Planning, open the Verify App data form, and scroll down to verify the data values that

c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 63
Lesson 21 Creating Business Rules
Exercises

Lesson 21 Creating Business Rules

Exercise 21.1 Navigating Business Rules in Calculation Manager


In this exercise, you navigate Calculation Manager and open a business rule. You view
business rules in System View, and you navigate to Custom View.

Launching Calculation Manager


Log on Workspace. Navigate to Calculation Manager.
In System View, expand Planning, hyplan, incstmt, and Rules, and open the Hyplan Calculate
Expenses business rule. Select the NA Software Expenses component, and view the
settings. Select other components, and view their settings.
Close the Hyplan Calculate Expense business rule. If prompted, do not save changes.

Navigating to Custom View


Navigate to Custom View. Create a new folder called Hyplan Planning Rules. Expand

m
Planning, hyplan, incstmt and Rules, and add the following rules from to the new folder:y
Hyplan Calculate Expenses
d e
Hyplan Copy and Adjust Data
c a
Hyplan Copy and Adjust Data prompts

e A
Navigating to Deployment View
c l
r a
Navigate to Deployment View. Expand Planning, hyplan, and To Be Deployed. Expand

O ly
incstmt, and note the rules selected.

l & On
Exercise 21.2
a e
Launching Business Rules
n
t e r U s
In this exercise, you set launch access to business rules. You also organize business
rules into folders. You launch business rules.

I n
c l e
Validating Rules
In Calculation Manager System View, expand Planning, hyplan, Incstmt, and Rules.

r a
Validate HyPlan Copy and Adjust Data, selecting Both in Validation Options.

O
64 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 21 Creating Business Rules
Exercises

Deploying Rules
In Deployment View, expand Planning, hyplan, To Be Deployed, and incstmt and select all
rules.
Deploy all the rules selected for hyplan.
The Job Task dialog box is displayed.
Navigate to Job Console and review any messages.

Assigning Launch Access


In Planning, assign launch access to the Hyplan Copy and Adjust Data Prompts business rule
according to the following information:

User Access
RJackson Launch
Kreilly Launch

Creating Business Rules Folders

m y
In Planning, create a business rules folder called MyHyplan business rules. Select all of the
hyplan business rules, and move the rules into the new folder.
d e
Launching Business Rules
c a
A
From the Tools menu, launch the Hyplan Calculate Expenses business rule.

e
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 65
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Exercises

Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules

Exercise 22.1 Creating Business Rules from Templates


In this exercise, you create a business rule to copy and adjust data and a business rule
to calculate expenses. You use the Copy Data template to create a business rule to copy
actual data to budget. You use the Amounts-Units Rates template to calculate travel and
software expenses.

Setting Up Business Rules to Copy and Adjust Data


In the System View, expand Planning, finbud, and incstmt. Create a rule and enter the
following:

Field Value
Name Finbud Copy and adjust data
Application Type Planning
Application
Plan Type
Finbud
Incstmt
m y
d e
c a
From Existing Objects, expand System Templates, drag the Copy Data system template, and
drop the template into the flow chart of the business rule (after Begin and before End).

Setting Up Properties
e A
c l
For the Copy Data component, on Properties, in Caption, enter Copy and Adjust Data; and,

r a
in Description, enter Business rule will copy actual data to budget with a 15% increase.

O ly
l & On
Setting Up the Copy Data Calculation
In the flow chart, select the Copy and Adjust Data component.

n a e
t e r
On Point of View, click Account, and select to add the function @RELATIVE. Restrict the
s
data copied to the level zero descendants of Net Sales. The function should be
U
I n
@RELATIVE("Net Sales" , 0).
On Point of View, restrict the data copied to the level zero descendants of South by using

l e
the Relative function. The function should be @Relative(South,0).
c
a
On Source, click Select the main dimension from which to copy data, and select Scenario.
r
OIn Select the main dimension member from which to copy data, select Actual.

66 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Exercises

On Source, click Select from other dimensions member from which to copy data, and select
Year.
For the year, select FY08.
For Version, select Final.
On Destination, click Select the main dimension member to which to copy the data, and enter
Budget, FY09, Working.
On Options, for Do you want to apply a percentage to the copied data, select Yes.
On Options, in if yes, enter the percentage, enter 15.
On Options, in clear data first, enter Yes.
On Settings, for create these blocks during the Copy Data process, select NO.
On Settings, for if not, are you sure the blocks exist, select NO.
On Settings, to turn Intelligent calculation ON or OFF, select use default.
Save and validate the business rule.

Calculating the Database


m y
From Existing Objects, expand System Templates and drag the Aggregation system

d e
template and drop it into the business rule's flow chart after Copy and Adjust Data and
before End.
c a
Setting Up Properties
e A
Select Aggregation.
c l
r a
On Properties, in Caption, enter Aggregate South.

O ly
In Description, enter Aggregate values for South for FY09, Budget, Working.

Setting Up the Aggregation l & On


n a e
t e r
On Point of view, click Year, and select the member FY09.

U s
On Point of view, click Scenario, and select the member Budget.

I n
On Point of view, click Version, and select the member Working.

l e
On Point of view, click Currency, and select the member local.
c
r a
On Partial dimension aggregation (dense), select Account as the dimension to be
aggregated. For Select a member for dense dimension 1, select Income Statement.
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 67
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Exercises

Verify that Select an aggregation level for dense dimension 1 is set to descendants.
On Partial dimension aggregation (sparse), select Entity as the dimension to be
aggregated.
Select Entity, and select South.
Verify that Select an aggregation level for sparse dimension 1 is set to descendants.
On Settings, in Aggregate the missing values in the Database, select Yes.
Save and validate the business rule against both EPMA and Planning.
Right-click the Finbud copy and adjust data tab, and select Close.

Setting Up Business Rules to Calculate Expenses


In System View, expand Planning, finbud, and Incstmt.
Create a rule, enter the following, and click OK:

Field Value
Name
Application Type
Finbud Calculate Expenses
Planning
m y
Application Finbud

d e
Plan Type Incstmt

c a
The Rule Designer is displayed.

e A
c l
Setting Up a Component to Calculate Travel Expenses

r a
From Existing Objects, expand System Templates, drag the Amount-Rate-Unit system

O ly
template, and drop the template into the flow chart of the business rule (after Begin and
before End).

l & On
a e
Selecting Values for Global Range
n
t e r U s
In the Rule Designer, select Begin.

n
Select the Global Range tab.
I
c l e
r a
O
68 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Exercises

Select the following:

Dimension Value
Period Relative 0 YearTotal
Customer No Customer
Year FY09
Scenario Budget
Version Working
Currency Local

Setting Up Properties
In the Rule Designer, select Amount-Unit-Rate.
On Properties, in Caption, enter NA Travel Expenses.
In Description, enter This component rule will calculate travel expenses based on headcount.
On Enter Settings, use the Actions icon to select the following members:

Field Value
m y
AMOUNT 5240
d e
UNITS 6000

c a
RATE 6010

e A
Save the business rule.
c l
r a
Setting Up a Component to Calculate Software Expenses
O ly
In Rule Designer, right-click NA Travel Expenses, select Copy, right-click NA Travel Expenses,
& On
d

and select Paste.


l
a e
Setting Up Properties
r n s
t e U
Select the copy of NA Travel Expenses.

n
I
On Properties, in Caption, enter NA Software Expenses.

e
l
In Description, enter This component rule will calculate software expenses based on headcount.
c
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 69
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Exercises

On Enter Settings, use the Actions icon to select the following information:

Field Value
AMOUNT 5350
UNITS 6000
RATE 6020

Save and validate the business rule against both EPMA and Planning.
On Script, view the generated script of the variables that you are calculating.
Close the Finbud Calculate Expenses tab.
If prompted to save changes, click Yes.

Exercise 22.2 Creating Rulesets


In this exercise, you organize your rules into a ruleset.

Creating Rulesets from Rules


m y
In System View, expand the Planning application type and finbud.
d e
Create a ruleset, enter the following information, and click OK:

c a
Field Value

e A
Name
Application Type
c l
Finbud Rules
Planning
Application
r a
Finbud

O ly
& On
From Rule Set Palette, expand finbud, Incstmt, and Rules.

l
a e
Drag the following rules from the Rule Set Palette to the Ruleset Designer:

n
t e r
Finbud Calculate Expenses

U
Finbud Copy and adjust data
s
I n
Select the Finbud Copy and adjust data business rule, and click the up arrow until the

l e
rule is the first business rule listed in the ruleset.

c
a
In Ruleset Designer, select Finbud Rules.
r
OIn Properties, ensure that Enable Parallel Execution is cleared.

70 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Exercises

Enter the following comment: Business rules for finbud application to seed budget and calculate
expenses.
Select File > Save.
At the confirmation message, click OK.
Right-click the Finbud Rules tab, and select Close.

Exercise 22.3 Validating and Deploying Business Rulesets


In this exercise, you validate and deploy rulesets.

Validating Rulesets
In System View, expand Planning, finbud, and Rulesets, and validate Finbud Rules. For
Validate Options, select Both to validate against both Planning and EPMA.

Deploying Rulesets
In Calculation Manager, in System View, expand Planning, finbud, and Rulesets, and
deploy Finbud Rules.
m y
The ruleset is deployed.
d e
Assigning Launch Access
c a
In Planning, select Administration > Business Rule Security(h).
e A
c l
Assign access to the Finbud Copy and Adjust Data business rule according to the following
information:
r a
Business Rule User/Group
O ly Access
Finbud Copy and
Adjust Data
RJackson

l & On Launch
Kreilly

n a e Launch
Finbud Calculate
Expenses

t e r
RJackson
Kreilly
U s
Launch
Launch

I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 71
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Exercises

Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to


Business Rules

Exercise 23.1 Adding Runtime Prompts to Business Rules


In this exercise, you add runtime prompts to business rules.

Saving a Copy of Business Rules


In Calculation Manager System View, expand Planning, finbud, incstmt, and Rules.
Right-click Finbud Copy and adjust data, and select Copy To.
The Save As dialog box is displayed.
Save a copy of the rule to finbud, incstmt as Finbud Copy and adjust data prompts.

Setting Up Runtime Prompts for Members


In the System View, select Tools > Variables.
In the Variable Navigator, expand Planning, finbud, and incstmt.
m y
d e
Right-click Finbud Copy and adjust data prompts, and select New to create a variable that can
be used only in the Finbud Copy and adjust data prompt rule.
c a
Create replacement variables, with the following criteria:

e A
Variable Value
c l
Name
ParentAcc
Type
Member
(Dimension)
Account
r a Value (Member)
Income
RTP Text
Select a parent account. Data

O ly Statement is copied for its level zero


descendants.

l & On
a e
Creating Numeric Runtime Prompts
n
t e r U s
In the Variable Designer, select File > New > Variable.

n
Create replacement variables, with the following criteria:
I
Variable
Name
c l e Type Limits Default Value RTP Text

O ra
AdjustAmount Percent minimum: 1
maximum: 100
1 Type a factor to multiply by.

72 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Exercises

Ensure that Allow #Missing is cleared.


Save the variables, and close Variable Designer.

Setting Up Business Rules to Prompt for Information


In the System View, expand Planning, finbud, incstmt, and Rules, and open Finbud Copy and
adjust data prompts.
In Rule Designer, select the Copy and Adjust Data component.
On Point of View, for Net Sales, set up the function so that the account entry is set to
@RELATIVE({ParentAcc} , 0).
On Options for Percentage, set up the AdjustAmount variable to prompt for the
percentage.
Save and close the business rule.

Exercise 23.2 Adding Components to Business Rules

runs for level zero entities within North America.


m y
In this exercise, you add a loop component to a business rule to restrict the rule so that it

Opening Business Rules d e


c a
In the System View, expand Planning, finbud, incstmt, and Rules, and open Finbud Calculate
Expenses.

e A
The Rule Designer is displayed.
c l
Adding Loops to Business Rules r a
O ly
From the New Objects Palette, drag the Member Range object, and drop the object after
the Begin component.
l & On
a e
Drag both the NA Travel Expenses and NA Software Expenses components so that they are
n
t e r
inside the Member Range loop.

U s
Setting Up Loops
I n
c l e
Select the Member Range component.
In Member Range, in Caption, enter North American Entities.

r a
Click in the Value column for Entity, and select the member Relative (0) North America.
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 73
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Exercises

Save and close the business rule.

Setting Up Formulas
In the System View, expand Planning, finbud, and incstmt, and create a formula.
Enter or select the following information:

Field Value
Name Calculate Fringe Expense
Application Type Planning
Application Finbud
Plan Type Incstmt

On Properties, enter the following caption: Calculate fringe expense.


On Properties, enter the following comments: This formula calculates fringe expense based on
salary expense multiplied by 7%.

is greater than zero, calculate the fringe expense.


m y
Add a condition. For the condition, in Comment, enter the following text: If salary expense

select Data Condition.


d e
In the IF row, in the right column, click Add/Edit Condition to access Condition Builder, and

c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
74 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Exercises

In the Formula row, create a formula statement according to the following information:

m y
In the Formula row, on the left side of the equal sign, enter 5210, and, on the right side of
the equal sign, enter the following:
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
Save the formula. I n
l e
On the toolbar, click Validate.
c
r a
Select Both, and click OK.

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 75
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Exercises

Close Calculate Fringe Expense. If prompted to save changes, click Yes.


The System View is displayed.

Deploying Business Rules


In Calculation Manager, select View > Deployment View.
Expand Planning and finbud and To be Deployed.
Expand incstmt, and select Finbud Copy and Adjust Data, Finbud Copy and Adjust Data-Prompts,
and Finbud Calculate Expenses.
Deploy all rules in finbud.

Assigning Launch Access


In Planning, assign Launch access according to the following information:

Business Rule User/Group Access


Finbud Copy and RJackson Launch
Adjust Data-Prompts
Kreilly Launch

m y
Testing Business Rules
d e
some data, and then run the calculate expenses business rule.
c a
In this portion of the exercise, you create the Verify Business Rules data form, enter

e
In Planning, create a data form with the following specifications: A
c l
Field
Data Form
r aValue
Verify Business Rules
Description O lyVerify Business Rules
Plan Type
l & On Incstmt

n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
76 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Exercises

Create the following data form to test the business rule:


The following figure shows a portion of the data form. See the information that
follows the figure for additional detail.

For the columns, select Level 0 Descendants of YearTotal.


m y
IDescendants(Alloc), and Descendants(Saved Assumptions).
d e
For the rows, for accounts, select IDescendants(Gross Profit), IDescendants(Tot Exp),

c a
For the Account Dimension Properties, select Member Name and Member Alias.

A
For the pages, select Descendants (North America) ,120, and level 0 descendants of
e
Customer.

c l
r a
For the pages, select the scenarios Actual and Budget, the versions Final and
Working, and the years ActYear and BudYear.
Set Currency to Local. O ly
l & On
a e
Testing the Calculate Expenses Business Rule

n
t e r U s
In Planning, open the Verify Business Rules data form.
In the Page area, make the following selections, and click Go:

I n
c l
Entity e
Dimension Value
200

O ra Customer
Scenario
No Customer
Budget

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 77


Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Exercises

Version Working
Year FY09

Enter the data for Jan, according to the following table.

Entity Account Jan Value


200 6000 12
6010 60
6020 75
205 6000 14
6010 50
6020 75
210 6000 10
6010 50
6020 65
220 6000 18
6010
6020
50
75
m y
225 6000 25
d e
6010
6020
60
75 c a
230 6000 19
e A
6010 50
c l
6020 75
r a
240 6000
6010 O ly
23
65
6020
l & On
75

n a e
TIP

t e r U s
Remember to save data before selecting the next entity from the Pages drop-

n
down list. After making a selection from the Pages drop-down list, click Go.
I
c l e
From the Tools menu, launch Finbud Calculate Expenses - finbud - Incstmt.

r a The Finbud Calculate Expenses was successful message is displayed.

O
78 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Exercises

On the Verify Business Rules data form, verify that the 5240 (Travel Other) and 5350
(Software Expense) accounts were calculated correctly.

Entity Account Value


200 5240 720
5350 900
205 5240 700
5350 1050
210 5240 500
5350 650
220 5240 900
5350 1350
225 5240 1500
5350 1875
230 5240 950
5350 1425
240 5240
5350
1495
1725
m y
d e
Testing the Copy and Adjust Accounts Prompts Business Rule
c a
A
In the Verify Business Rules data form, select 230, N001, Actual, Final, and FY08, and click Go.

e
descendants.
c l
Notice some of the FY08 data values for account 4200 (Cost of Goods Sold) and its

r a
In the Page area, select 230, N001, Budget, Working, and FY09, and click Go.

O ly
Notice that, in the Working version, no data is displayed for 4200 and its
descendants.
l & On
a e
From the Tools menu, launch the Incstmt - Rule - Finbud Copy and Adjust Data - Prompts rule.

n
t e r U s
The Run-time Prompts dialog box is displayed.
For Type a factor to multiply by, enter 5.

I n
For the parent account, browse to and select account 4200.

c l e
Click Launch.

r a
Navigate to the Verify Business Rules data form, and click Refresh.

OScroll down, and verify that the correct data is displayed for the children of account 4200.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 79


Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Exercises

Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process

Exercise 24.1 Managing the Planning Cycle


In this exercise, you start the planning units for North America. You then move the
children of East through the planning cycle by logging on as different users. This
exercise begins on the Planning Web client. You should be logged on the Finbud
application as user trnadmin.

Starting the Planning Cycle


Process management is not available until you start the planning cycle for the
appropriate planning units. Start the planning cycle for the Budget, Draft 1, North America
planning unit.
The process status should change to First Pass for North America and all
descendants of North America. When a planning unit is in First Pass, it has no
owner. Anyone with write access to the planning unit can enter or modify data.

Promoting Planning Units


m y
Log off the application, and log on as Kreilly with the password hyperion.
d e
Budget, Draft 1 for FY09.
c a
Open the Verify App data form. In the Page area, select New York, Alliance Merchandise,

e A
Because the planning unit is in First Pass, the data cells are available for data
entry.
c l
r a
Promote the planning unit for 240 (New York), Budget, Draft1 to Rjackson. Enter the
following annotation:
O ly
l & On
Randy, I have completed entries for trade sales. Please review and get back to me - Kate
Submit the change, and return to the Check Status page.

n a e
e r
Notice that the status of entity 240 has changed to Under Review and that
s
Rjackson is the current owner. Other users can no longer enter data for the New
t
York planning unit.
U
I n
On the Check Status page, select column headings to see how you can sort the

l e
headings in ascending or descending order. When done, select the Entity column
c
heading to return to the original sort order.

r a
O
80 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Exercises

Promote the 245 (Connecticut) planning unit to Rjackson. Submit the change, and return to
the Check Status page.
The status of entities 240 and 245 is Under Review, and the owner is Rjackson.
The parent entity, East, is also under review, with no owner.
Open the Verify App data form. If needed, from the Page list, select New York, Alliance
Merchandise, Budget, Draft 1, and FY09.
Because the planning unit has been promoted to Rjackson and Kreilly no longer
has write access to the unit, the data for New York is read-only.

Signing Off a Planning Unit


Log off the application, and start a session. Log on as Rjackson with the password
hyperion.
Randy Jackson has reviewed Kate Reillys numbers for the East planning units. Change
the status of the 240 (New York), Budget, Draft 1 planning unit to Sign Off, and leave
Rjackson as the owner. Enter the following annotation:
These numbers look good. I am holding approval on East until I see revised figures for
Connecticut.

m y
Submit the change, and return to the Check Status page.
Notice that the status for entity 240 has changed to Signed Off and that d e
c a
Rjackson is the owner. Also notice that entities 250 (Massachusetts) and 255
(Rhode Island) are still in First Pass, with no owner.

e A
c l
Promote the entity 250, and select Rjackson as the owner. Submit the change, and return
to the Check Status page. Repeat the process for 255 (Rhode Island).

r a
Notice that the 240 (New York) planning unit has a status of Signed off. The 245

O ly
(Connecticut), 250 (Massachusetts), and 255 (Rhode Island) planning units are
under review. Because Rjackson is the owner of all four planning units, he now

l & On
becomes the owner of the parent unit, which is East.

n a e
Rejecting a Planning Unit

t e r U s
Reject the 245 (Connecticut) planning unit, and select Kreilly as the new owner. Enter the

I n
following annotation:

c l e
Your numbers for Alliance Merchandise are too low. Please increase by 10%.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 81
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Exercises

Submit the change, and return to the Check Status page.


Notice that the status of entity 245 has changed to Not Signed Off and that
Kreilly is the owner. Randy Jackson no longer has write access to the planning
unit and cannot make further status changes.
Log off the application, and log on as Kreilly.
Open the Verify App data form. From the Page list, select Connecticut, Alliance Merchandise,
Budget, Draft 1, and FY09.
Because Kate Reilly is the owner, she can modify the data in the data form.
You want to increase the quarter 1 and quarter 2 figures for Connecticut. Collapse the Q1
and Q2 columns. For both quarters, select the cells for the 4000 input accounts. Use the
Adjust option to increase the numbers by 10%. Save your changes.
Return to the Check Status page. Promote the 245 (Connecticut), Budget, Draft 1 planning
unit to Rjackson. Enter the following annotation:
Trade sales numbers have been increased by 10% for the first two quarters.
Submit the change, and return to the Check Status page.
Notice that Rjackson is now the owner of the Connecticut, Budget, Draft 1
planning unit.
m y
d e
Approving the Budget for East
Log off the application, and log on as Rjackson. c a
e
Return to the Check Status page for Budget, Draft 1. A
c l
Rjackson is the owner of East and its children. Entity 240 is signed off, and the

r a
other members (245, 250, and 255) are under review.

O ly
Change the status of East to Approve, and select trnadmin as the new owner.

l & On
TRedford and trnadmin are the only users available as owners because only
budget administrators can own approved planning units.

n a e
Submit the change, and return to the Check Status page.

t e r U s
The status of East and its children is changed to Approved, and trnadmin is the
owner.
I n
c l e
r a
O
82 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Exercises

Printing Planning Unit Annotations


Log off the application, and log on as trnadmin.
Print the Planning Unit Annotations administration report for the Budget, Draft 1, East and
its children planning units, including only the units with the process status of Approved.
After you finish reviewing the report, close it.

Exercise 24.2 Clearing Data

Clearing Supporting Detail and Account Annotations


Select Administration > Clear Cell Details.
The Clear Cell Details pane is displayed.
From the Plan Type drop-down list, ensure Incstmt is selected.
Click Go.
For Incstmt, specific dimensions are now selectable.
From Dimension, select Account; for the account member, select Client Information; and
add Client Information and all of its descendants to the Selected pane.
m y
d e
From Dimension, select Entity; for the entity member, select West; and add West and all of
its descendants to the Selected pane.
c a
the Selected pane.
e A
From Dimension, select Version; for the Version member, select Draft 2; and add Draft 1 to

c l
Select the following options: Account Annotations, Supporting Details, Cell Text, and Cell Level
Document.
r a
Click Clear.
O ly
& On
A confirmation page is displayed with your selections.
l
a e
Click Finish to proceed, and click OK.

n
Exercise 24.3 t e r U s
Copying Data Between Versions
I n
In this exercise, for the Budget scenario, you copy data from the Draft 1 version to the
l e
Draft 2 version. Then you adjust some of the data for Draft 2.
c
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 83
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Exercises

Reviewing Existing Data


Log off the Finbud application, and log on as user Kreilly with the password hyperion.
Open the Verify App data form.
In the Page area, select Georgia, Alliance Merchandise, Budget, Draft 1, and FY09.
Data should be displayed for this member selection.
In the Page area, change Draft 1 to Draft 2.
No data is displayed for Draft 2.

Copying Data from Draft 1 to Draft 2


Using the Copy Versions Workflow task, copy Budget, Draft1 data to Draft 2. Copy the data,
account annotations, cell text, and supporting details for the entities 220 (Georgia) and
230 (North Carolina).
Because Kreilly has write access to North American entities, only level 0 entities
for North America are displayed in the available list.
Open the Verify App data form. If needed, in the Page area, select Georgia, Alliance

Georgia and North Carolina.


m y
Merchandise, Budget, Draft 2, and FY09. Verify that data was copied to the Draft 2 version of

d e
For North Carolina, in Q1, select the cells for accounts 4000-100 through 4000-700.

c a
Increase the values in these sales accounts by 10%. Now, in Q1, select the cells for
accounts 4200-100 through 4200-700. Decrease the values in these COGS accounts by 3%.
Save the data.

e A
l
Log off the application, leaving Workspace open.
c
r a
Exercise 24.4 Copying Data
O ly
l & On
In this exercise, you copy data from last years final actual members to seed this years
working forecast. After the data is copied, you calculate the database to aggregate
parent values.
n a e
t e r U s
Modifying the Verify App Data Form and Reviewing Data

I n
Log on the Finbud application as user trnadmin with the password hyperion.

c l e
Modify the Verify App data form to include the Forecast scenario in the Page area.

r a
O
84 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Exercises

Open the Verify App data form, and make the following Page selections: Georgia, Alliance
Merchandise, Actual, Final, and FY08.
Data exists and is displayed.
Make the following page selections: Georgia, Alliance Merchandise, Forecast, Working, and
FY09.
No data exists.

Copying Data from Actual to Forecast


Using the Copy Data Administration task, copy data for the IncStmt plan type. Make the
following selections.
Static Dimensions

Dimension Members
Account Level 0 descendants of IBT
Entity Level 0 descendants of North America,
Europe, and PacRim
Period Level 0 descendants of YearTotal

m y
Currency
Customer
Local
Level 0 descendants of All Customers
d e
c a
Dimensions with Source and Destination

e A
Dimension Source
c l Destination
Year
Scenario
FY08
Actual r a FY09
Forecast
Version Final O ly Working

l & On
Copy Data Options

n a e
Copy Account Annotations
t e r U s
Selected

Copy Cell Text I n


Copy Supporting Details Selected
Selected

c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 85
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Exercises

Verifying Results and Calculating Data


Open the Verify App data form, and, if necessary, make the following page selections:
Georgia, Alliance Merchandise, Forecast, Working, and FY09.
Data exists.
In the Page area, select South, Alliance Merchandise, Forecast, Working, and FY09.
Data does not exist for parent members.
Open Administration Services Console, and log on as user trnadmin with the password
hyperion. Using the following calculation scripts, calculate the Finbud:Incstmt database:
- HspCRtB
- PlanCurB
- (default)
Exit Essbase Administration Services.
Return to Planning. If necessary, open the Verify App data form. If necessary, make
specific page selections (South, Alliance Merchandise, Forecast, Working, and FY09), or
refresh the data.
From the Verify App data form, run the Calculate data form calculation script.
m y
Data now exists for the parent members.
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
86 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists
Exercises

Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists

Exercise 25.1 Defining and Testing Task Lists


In this exercise, you create a task list to guide budget preparers through the processes of
entering and calculating their budget expenses and of starting the review process. You
provide the budget preparers with instructions and due dates. Based on the budget cycle
requirements, you need to modify the Verify Business Rules data form and the NA
Expenses business rule. This exercise begins in Planning. You should be logged on the
Finbud application as user trnadmin.

Preparing for Task List Definition and Rollout


Modify the Verify Business Rules data form to include, in the Page area, the Draft 1
member of the Version dimension. For Planners_NA and PlanIIU_NA, assign read
access to the data form.

Creating a Task List Folder and a Task List


Create a task list folder named Expense Budgeting, and, within it, create the Expense
m y
1.0 Expense Budget Cycle
d e
Budgeting for North America task list. Add the following tasks to the task list:

2.0 Enter Calculation Drivers and Rates


c a
3.0 Calculate Software and Travel Expense
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 87
Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists
Exercises

Adding a Descriptive Task

Field Value
Task Expense Budget Cycle
Type Descriptive
Instructions As cost center manager for North America, you will be responsible for
submitting budget numbers for expenses. Corporate guidelines for this
year are to reduce expenses by 1 to 3 percent.
Due Date Accept todays date

Adding a Web Data Form Task

Field Value
Task Enter Calculation Drivers and Rates
Type Data Form
Instructions Enter the Headcount, T&E Rate, and Software Rate for each of your cost
centers. In the Page area, select your cost center, No Customer, Budget,
Working, and FY09. These numbers will be used to calculate software
and travel expenses using the NA Expenses business rule.

m y
Due Date
Alert
A date that is three days in the future
Accept todays date
d e
Dependency Selected
c a
Data Form Folder Verify BR

e A
Data Form Verify Business Rules

c l
Adding a Business Rule Task
r a
O ly
Field
Task
Value

l & On
Calculate Software and Travel Expense
Type
n a e
Business Rule
Instructions
e r s
Launch the NA Expenses business rule.

t U
Due Date
Alert I nA date that is five days in the future
A date that is three days in the future

c
Dependency
l e Selected

O ra
Plan Type
Business Rule
IncStmt
Finbud Calculate Expenses

88 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists
Exercises

Assigning Access to the Task List


Assign the following access rights to the Expense Budgeting for North America task list.

User or User Group Access Rights


Planners_NA Assign
PlanIU_NA Manage and Assign

Log off the application, and end the session, leaving the Web browser open.

Testing the Task List


Log on the Finbud application as Kreilly with the password hyperion. Select to navigate in
Basic Mode, and, in the quick launch list, select the Expense Budgeting for North America task
list.
Review the status of the task list. Then review the tasks and their due dates. Start
performing each task in the task list.
The first task, Expense Budget Cycle, is a descriptive task with overall guidelines for the
budget cycle. Read the information provided, and then mark the task as complete and
proceed to the next task.
m y
e
The second task, Enter Calculation Drivers and Rates, is a Data Form task that opens
d
c a
the Verify Business Rules data form. Enter the Headcount, Software Rate, and T&E Rate
for your cost center (for example, 200 or 270). Save the data; then mark the task as
complete and proceed to the next task.

e A
c l
The third task, Calculate Software and Travel Expense, is a Business Rule task that
displays the NA Expenses business rule in the Launch Business Rule page. Launch the

r a
NA Expenses rule. After the rule runs, mark the task as complete and proceed to the
next task.
O ly
Review the status of the task lists.
Log off Workspace.
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 89
Lesson 26 Migrating Applications and Artifacts
Exercises

Lesson 26 Migrating Applications and Artifacts

Exercise 26.1 Migrating Artifacts


In this exercise, you view, search for, and migrate application artifacts.

Logging on Shared Ser vices


Log on Shared Services with username trnadmin and password hyperion.

Searching for Artifacts


In the Application Management panel, expand Shared Services, Application Groups, and
Planning Training Applications nodes, and select hyplan.
The artifacts, sorted into categories, are displayed in the panel to the ri.
Select the Search Artifacts tab.
In the Artifact Name field, enter Verify*.
TIP
m y
d e
If you do not know the exact name, you may use an asterisk as a wildcard. For
example, if you know that the preferred web form begins with an A, enter A* to

c a
search on all artifacts within the Planning application that begin with an A.

e A
l
Click Search, and select the VerifyLoad_Mich, VerifyLoad_IS, and VerifyLoad_BS data forms.

c
Migrating Artifacts
r a
Define a migration.
O ly
l & On
Select Planning Training Applications:finbud as the destination application.

a e
Review the Destination Options and the Migration Summary, and select Save Migration
n
t e r U s
Definition to save the migration to a file for later use.
Navigate to C:\CF\PLN_CMA, and enter the file name hyplan verify data forms.

I n
Save and close the migration definition.

c l e
Execute the migration, and launch the Migration Status Report.

r a
Exit Shared Services Console.

O
90 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 27 Building Classic Applications
Exercises

Lesson 27 Building Classic Applications

Exercise 27.1 Creating Planning Applications


In this exercise, you create and configure a data source and create a Planning Classic
application.

Logging on Workspace
Log on Workspace as trnadmin with hyperion as the password.

Using Application Wizard to Create Applications


From Workspace, select Navigate > Administer > Classic Application Administration > Planning
Administration.
The Classic Application Wizard is displayed.
Click Create Application.
The Select panel is displayed.
m y
Specify data source details:

d e
Field Value
c a
Data Source
Application
budplan
budplan
e A
Shared Services Project
c l
Planning Training Applications
Instance
r a
Planning

Configure calendar details: O ly


l & On
Field

n a e
Value
Base Time Period
Fiscal Start Year
t e r U s
12 Months
2008

I n
Fiscal Start Month January

c l e
Weekly Distribution
Total Years
445
5

r a
OAccept default currency options:

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 91


Lesson 27 Building Classic Applications
Exercises

Currency: USD
Multicurrency application?: Yes
Configure Plan Types:
Plan Type1: Incstmt
Plan Type 2: Balsheet
Plan Type 3: Deselect this option, and clear the field.
Verify the settings that you selected, and click Finish.
The following message is displayed: Congratulations! You have successfully
created a new Planning application.
After the successful Planning application message is displayed, select here first to refresh
workspace Navigate -> Applications menu.
To verify that the application was created, select Navigate > Applications > Planning.
Budplan is now displayed in the application list. If you do not see Budplan listed,
refresh the Application menu.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
92 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications

Exercise 28.1 Using Dimension Editor to Build Planning Dimensions


In this exercise, you use Dimension Editor to add metadata to your classic Planning
applications.

Adding Currencies
Open the BudPlan Planning application, and select Administration > Dimensions.
The Dimension Editor dialog box is displayed.
From Dimensions, select Currency, and edit USD by making the following selections:
In the Thousands Separator drop-down list, select Comma.
In the Negative Color drop-down list, select Red.

Adding Standard Currencies


Add the following currencies:
m y
Currency Alias Reporting Currency
d e
EUR European euro Selected
c a
GBP British pound

e
Cleared
A
JPY
SGD
Japanese yen
Singapore dollar
c l Cleared
Cleared

r a
Refreshing the Essbase Databases
O ly
& On
Refresh the Essbase database by selecting Database only for the options.
l
a e
The database update may take a few moments.
n
t e r U
Setting Up Budget Exchange Rates s
I n
Add a new exchange rate table. Enter the following details:

l e
In the Name text box, type BudPlan Budget and Forecast.
c
r a
In the Description text box, type Foreign Exchange Rates for All Budgeted Numbers.

OEdit BudPlan Budget and Forecast.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 93


Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Clear BegBalance and Historical, and, for Show Years, select FY09.
Enter budget rates by specifying the following conversions. Use the Fill Table option to fill
in the rates for the years 20092010.

To From Average Rate Ending Rate


USD EUR 1.1291 1.1516
USD GBP 1.6156 1.6317
USD JPY 0.008489 0.008658
USD SGD 0.56969 0.57538

Close the Manage Exchange Rates window.

Creating Scenarios
In Dimension Editor, select Scenario.
Change Current to Actual.
Set up Actual with the following properties:

m y
Field
Scenario
Value
Actual
d e
Description Actuals
c a
Start Year FY08

e A
Start Period
End Year
Jan

c
FY08l
End Period
r a
Dec
Exchange Rate Table
O ly
none
Enabled for Process
Management
l & On cleared

n a e
t e r U s
Add a Budget scenario with the following properties:

Field
I n Value
Scenario

c l e
Description
Budget
Current Years Budget

O ra Start Year FY09

94 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Start Period Jan


End Year FY10
End Period Dec
Exchange Rate Table BudPlan Budget and Forecast
Data Storage Store
Enabled for Process selected
Management

Copy Budget to create the Forecast scenario with the following properties:

Field Value
Scenario Forecast
Description Forecasted Values
Start Year FY09
Start Period Jan
End Year FY10
End Period Dec

m y
Exchange Rate Table
Data Storage
BudPlan Budget and Forecast
Store
d e
Enabled for Process selected
c a
Management

e A
Creating Versions
c l
In Dimension Editor, select Version.
r a
O ly
Change BU Version_1 to Draft 1, and set up Draft 1 with the following properties:

Field
l & On Value
Version
n a e Draft 1
Type

t e r U s Standard Bottom Up
Data Storage

I n
Enabled for Process
Store
Enabled

l e
Management

c
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 95
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Set up Draft 2 with the following properties:

Field Value
Version Draft 2
Type Standard Bottom Up
Data Storage Store
Enabled for Process Enabled
Management

Set up a Final version as a sibling of Draft 1 with the following properties:

Field Value
Version Final
Type Standard Bottom Up
Data Storage Store
Enabled for Process Enabled
Management

Set up a Working version as a sibling of Draft 1 with the following properties:


m y
d e
Field
Version
Value
Working
c a
Type Standard Bottom Up

e A
Data Storage Store

c l
Enabled for Process
Management
r a
Cleared

O ly
& On
Set up a Scratch version as a sibling of Draft 1 with the following properties:

l
Field

n a e Value
Version
Type
t e r U s Scratch
Standard Bottom Up
Data Storage
I n Store

c l e
Enabled for Process
Management
Cleared

r a
O
96 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Set up a Target version with the following properties:

Field Value
Version Target
Type Standard Target
Data Storage Store
Enabled for Process Cleared
Management

Refreshing the Essbase Databases


Refresh Essbase by selecting Database as the only option.

Refreshing the Currency Conversions Calculation Scripts


Refresh the Currency Conversion calculation scripts.
In the Currency Conversion Script File text box, type PlanCurB, and click Next.
Use member selection, and select all currencies, scenarios, and bottom-up versions.

m
Create a currency conversion script for the target version. In the Currency Conversion
y
Script File text box, type PlanCurT, and click Next.
d e
a
Use member selection, and select all currencies, scenarios, and target versions.

c
Creating Alias Tables
e A
l
In Dimension Editor, select Administration > Alias Tables.
c
Add a German alias.
r a
O ly
The German alias table is added.

Setting Up the Entity Dimension


l & On
n a e
In Dimension Editor, add the Worldwide entity with the following properties:

Field
t e r U s Value
Name
I n Worldwide

l e
Alias (Default)

c
Worldwide Location

r a Data Storage
Base Currency
Store
USD

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 97
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Plan Type Incstmt Addition


Plan Type Balsheet Addition

Add North America as a child of Worldwide with the following properties:

Field Value
Name North America
Alias (Default) NA Region
Data Storage Store
Base Currency USD
Plan Type Incstmt Addition
Plan Type Balsheet Addition

Setting Up the Account Dimension


In Dimension Editor, add the Income Statement account with the following properties:

Field Value

m y
Name
Alias (Default)
Income Statement

d e
Account Type Revenue
c a
Variance Reporting Non-Expense

e A
Time Balance
Skip
Flow
None
c l
Exchange Rate Type
r a
Average
Data Storage O ly
Store
Two Pass Calculation
l & On
Cleared
Plan Type

n a e Valid for Incstmt

Source Plan Type


t e r U s Addition
Incstmt
Smart Lists
I n None

l e
Data Type

c
Currency

r a
O
98 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Creating User-Defined Dimensions


In Dimension Editor, add a Customer dimension with the following properties:

Field Value
Dimension Customer
Alias (Default)
Description
Valid for Plan Types Incstmt
Apply Security Selected
Data Storage Never Share
Two Pass Calculation Cleared

Add an attribute dimension that is named Salesrep and that is associated with the
Customer dimension.
Enter information for the attribute:

Field
Name
Value
Salesrep
m y
Data Type Text
d e
Add attribute values for the attribute dimension: c a
e A
Field
Name
Value

c l
Tom Baker

r a
Setting Up the Customer Dimension
O ly
& On
In Dimension Editor, add the customer All Customers to the Customer dimension with the
l
following properties:

n a e
Field
Name
t e r U s Value
All Customers
Description
I n
l e
Alias (Default)

c
r a Data Storage
Two-Pass Calculation
Store
Cleared
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 99
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Plan Type Valid for Incstmt


Ignore
Smart Lists None
Data Type Unspecified

Add National Accounts as a child of All Customers with the following properties:

Field Value
Name National Accounts
Description
Alias (Default)
Data Storage Store
Two-Pass Calculation Cleared
Plan Type Valid for Incstmt
Addition
Smart Lists None
Data Type Unspecified
m y
Add N001 as a child of National Accounts with the following properties:
d e
Field Value c a
Name N001
e A
Description
c l
Alias (Default)
r a
Alliance Merchandise
Data Storage
O ly
Store
Two-Pass Calculation
Plan Type
l & On
Cleared
Valid for Incstmt

n a e Addition
Smart Lists

t e r U s None
Data Type
I n Unspecified

l e
Add Tom Baker as the attribute value for N001.
c
r a
O
100 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Refreshing the Essbase Databases


Refresh Essbase by selecting Database as the only option.

Exercise 28.2 Loading Information into Planning Classic


Applications
In this exercise, you load metadata, data, and import data forms to your classic Planning
applications.

Loading Metadata
Use the Outline Load utility to load metadata into BudPlan.

Launching the Outline Load Utility


Open the command prompt, and change the directory to cd\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin.

Loading Entities
First, you test the load file by using the /N flag to perform a dry run. Then you load the
entities.
m y
Enter the following command:
d e
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M /N
c a
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\EntityAllClassic.csv /D:Entity
/X:c:\EntityOutlineLoad.exc
e A
At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
c l
r a
Verify that all records were read and processed.
O ly
Records are not loaded because the /N option performs a dry run.

l & On
If any record is rejected, review the EntityOutlineLoad.exc file, and fix the load file.

n a e
To load entities, enter the following command:

t e r U s
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M

I n
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\EntityAllClassic.csv /D:Entity
/X:c:\EntityOutlineLoad.exc

l e
At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
c
r a
Verify that all records were read and processed.

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 101
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

Loading Accounts
Enter the following command:
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M /N
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\AccountAllClassic.csv /D:Account
/X:c:\AccountOutlineLoad.exc
At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
Verify that all records were read and processed.
Records are not loaded because the /N option performs a dry run.
If any record is rejected, review the AccountOutlineLoad.exc file, and fix the load file.
To load accounts, enter the following command:
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\AccountAllClassic.csv /D:Account
/X:c:\AccountOutlineLoad.exc
At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
Verify that all records were read and processed.

m y
Loading Salesrep Members
d e
You load the Salesrep members before you load the Customer dimension so that
salesrep assignments can be loaded when the customer names are loaded.
c a
Enter the following command:
e A
c l
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M /N

r a
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\SalesrepAllClassic.csv
/DA:Salesrep:Customer /X:c:\SalesrepOutlineLoad.exc
O ly
Note: for attribute dimensions, you must use the option /DA rather than /D.

l & On
At the password prompt, enter hyperion.

n a e
Verify that all records were read and processed.

t e r U s
Records are not loaded because the /N option performs a dry run.

I n
If any record is rejected, review the SalesrepOutlineLoad.exc file, and fix the load file.

l e
To load salesrep members, enter the following command:
c
r a
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\SalesrepAllClassic.csv
O /DA:Salesrep:Customer /X:c:\SalesrepOutlineLoad.exc

102 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

At the password prompt, enter hyperion.


Verify that all records were read and processed.

Loading Customers
Enter the following command:
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M /N
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\CustomerAllClassic.csv /D:Customer
/X:c:\CustomerOutlineLoad.exc
At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
Verify that all records were read and processed.
Records are not loaded because the /N option performs a dry run.
If any record is rejected, review the CustomerOutlineLoad.exc file, and fix the load file.
To load customers, enter the following command:
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\CustomerAllClassic.csv /D:Customer
/X:c:\CustomerOutlineLoad.exc
m y
At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
d e
Verify that all records were read and processed.
c a
Refreshing the Essbase Databases
e A
c l
Refresh Essbase selecting Database as the only option.

Loading Data r a
O ly
Expand the following nodes:
l & On
Log on Essbase Administration Services console as trnadmin with the password hyperion.

n a e
Essbase Servers
localhost
t e r U s
I
Applicationsn
c l e
BudPlan

a
From the BudPlan application list, select Incstmt.
r
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 103
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

From the Actions menu, select Load data for Incstmt.


The Data Load dialog box is displayed.
Browse to C:\CF\PLN_CMA, and select the IncData.txt file.
Load BalData.txt into the Balsheet database.

Calculating the Essbase Databases


Calculate the Budplan:Incstmt database by running the following calculation scripts
individually in the following order:
- HspCRtBCopy exchange rates for bottom-up versions
- HspCRtTCopy exchange rates for target versions
- PlanCurBCopy exchange rates for bottom-up versions
- PlanCurTCopy exchange rates for target versions
- (default)Default calculation to CALC ALL
Calculate the Budplan:Balsheet database. Use the calculation scripts and order of
calculation that you used to calculate the Budplan:Incstmt database.

m y
Exit Administration Services Console.

d e
Importing Data Forms
c a
press Enter.
e A
Open a command prompt, change the directory to CD\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin, and

c l
The current folder is changed to the bin folder.

r a
At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd export Verify Scratch Business Rules
O ly
win2k3ent trnadmin HYPlan, and press Enter.

l & On
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd export

a e
<data form name> <planning server name> <user name> <application>

n
t e r U s
If you are not in the hyperion\products\planning\bin directory, at the command prompt, type
CD\hyperion\products\planning\bin.

I n
At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd import Verify Scratch Business Rules.xml

c l e
win2k3ent trnadmin BudPlan, and press Enter.
The syntax for importing a data form definition file is Formdefutil.cmd import

r a <file name> <planning server name> <user name> <application>

O
104 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Exercises

At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd export Verify Business Rules win2k3ent
trnadmin HYPlan, and press Enter.
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd export
<data form name> <planning server name> <user name> <application>
If you are not in the hyperion\products\planning\bin directory, at the command prompt, type
CD\hyperion\products\planning\bin.
At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd import Verify Business Rules.xml win2k3ent
trnadmin BudPlan, and press Enter.
The syntax for importing a data form definition file is as follows:
Formdefutil.cmd import <file name> <planning server name> <user name>
<application>
Close the command prompt window.

Setting Up Substitution Variables


Launch Administration Services Console, and connect to the localhost server as user
trnadmin with the password hyperion.
Create variables that are based on the following information:
m y
d e
Field
Essbase Server
Value
localhost
c a
Application BudPlan

e A
Database Incstmt

c l
Name
Value
ActYear
FY08 r a
O ly
l & On
Using the preceding information, create a variable named BudYear with FY09 for the
value. Exit Essbase Administration Services Console.

n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 105
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic


Applications

Exercise 29.1 Creating a Business Rule to Clear and Copy Data


In this exercise, you create a business rule to clear data from a scratch version. Next,
you copy data into the scratch version to seed it. This exercise assumes that the
Administration Services Server is running and that you are logged on hyplan in
Workspace.

Creating Business Rules


Log on Administration Services Console as user trnadmin with hyperion for the password.
In the navigation frame, expand Business Rules, Repository View.
Create a rule.

Clearing Data
In the Select outline drop-down list, select Select outline; expand Planning, win2k3ent,
m y
BudPlan; and select Incstmt.
d e
Add the Clear Data component.
c a
The Clear Data component is added to the process bar.

e A
l
With Clear Data selected, on the Overview tab, select Clear entire block.

c
a
In the Clear entire block drop-down list, select All.
r
O ly
For the Version dimension, select Scratch.

l & On
Setting Source and Destination Members
Add the Copy Data component.
n a e
e r s
The Copy Data component is added to the process bar.
t U
n
With Destination selected, for the Year dimension, select FY09.
I
c l e
For Scenario, select Budget, and, for Version, select Scratch.
Change the name of the destination to Current Scratch Budget.

r a
With Select Source selected, ensure that FY09 and Budget are selected.
O
106 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Select the following values for the source:

Dimension Value
Version Working

Select the Select Source component, and change the name to Working Budget Data.
Save the business rule. In the Save As dialog box, enter the following information:

Field Value
Name CopytoScratch
Description Copy Net Sales Accounts from
Working to Scratch

Setting the Copy Range for Account, Period, and Entity


You want to specify that data for all level 0 members of South, all level 0 members of
YearTotal, and all level 0 accounts of Net Sales should be copied.
In Selected Values for Current Scratch Budget for Period, select Level 0 Descendants
YearTotal.
m y
Sales.
d e
In Selected Values for Current Scratch Budget for Account, select Level 0 Descendants Net

TIP
c a
A
You can find the Net Sales account by expanding the following accounts: Income

e
l
Statement, Net Income, IBT, Operating Margin, and Gross Profit.

c
a
I

@Level_0_DESCENDANTS(South).
r
In Selected Values for Current Scratch Budget for Entity, select
O ly
TIP
l & On
a e
You can find the South entity by expanding the following accounts: Worldwide,

n
North America.

t e r U s
I n
l
Adjusting Data
c e
a
You specify that the data values should be increased by 15 percent.
r
OOn the Overview tab of the Copy Data component, select Apply calculation.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 107


Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Select + on the process bar.


In the Select operator list, select X for multiplication.
On the process bar, select Number .
In the Specify number text box, type 1.15.
Save the business rule.

Calculating the Database


Now that you have created a rule that copies data to the level 0 members of Budget, you
need to calculate the database so that the data is aggregated to the parent members.
Because the Net Sales account uses dynamic calculation, you do not need to include the
Account dimension in the aggregation.
Add the Aggregate Data component.
On the Overview tab, from the Value Type column, for Entity, select User defined.
In the Entity row, select South; in the Relationships drop-down list, select Descendants
(inc); and click the arrow to move your selection to the Selected area.
@Descendants_including(South) is displayed in the Selected area.
m y
member selections:
d e
After setting the value type of the following dimensions to User Defined, make these

c a
Dimension
Year
Value
FY09
e A
Scenario Budget
c l
Version Scratch
r a
O ly
Select Aggregate missing values in the database.

l & On
On the Locations tab, add Planning/win2k3ent/BudPlan/Incstmt.

n a e
Assigning Access

t e r U s
I n
For the CopytoScratch rule, select the Access Privileges tab. For trnadmin, add access
privileges, Validate or launch, and Modify rule repository objects.

c l e
Validating the Business Rule

r a
In Essbase Administration Services Console, validate the business rule.

O
108 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Close the business rule.

Testing the Business Rule


In Planning, select the Verify BR folder, and open the Verify Scratch Business Rule data form.
In the Page drop-down list, select entity 230, N001, Working; and click Go.
Enter the following data:

Account Jan Feb Mar Q1


4200-100 1000 1500 2000
4200-200 8000
4200-300 6000

In the Page drop-down list, select entity 230, N001, Scratch; and click Go.
Verify that there is no data in the Scratch version.
From the Tools menu, launch Incstmt - Rule - CopytoScratch.
A message is displayed when the rule is run successfully.

m y
FY09 data was copied to Budget, FY09, Scratch with a 15 percent increase.
d e
Open the Verify Scratch Business Rules data form, and verify that the Budget, Working,

In the Page drop-down list, select South, and click Go.


c a
A
The aggregated data for South, Budget, FY09, Scratch is displayed.

e
Minimize Workspace.
c l
r a
Exercise 29.2 O ly
Creating a Business Rule by Using Formulas

l & On
In this exercise, you create a business rule for calculating travel and software expenses

a e
for North America. The rule is based on headcount and standard rates.

n
Creating Business Rules
t e r U s
I n
Create a rule in BudPlan: Incstmt.

c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 109
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Setting the Business Rule Range


For a business rule, the Global Range specifies the portion of the database that applies
to the entire business rule. In the rule that you just created, you calculate the travel and
software expenses for the Budget scenario, the Working version, and the FY09 period.
The calculation is performed for all descendants of North America; because operating
expenses are not stored by customer, you use the No Customer member.
As for most business rules, you use Local for currency. All of the members that you
specify are used throughout the business rule.
Set the Global Range by making the following selections:

Dimension Value
Period Level 0 Descendants of YearTotal
Year FY09
Scenario Budget
Version Working
Currency Local
Entity Descendants of North America
m y
Customer No Customer

d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
110 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Adding a Formula for Travel Expenses


You use the Units-Rates formula to calculate travel expenses for each combination of an
entity and the no customer member. The business rule uses the formula
Amounts = Units * Rates. In this section, you use the following formula: Travel Other
expense = Headcount * T&E Rate.

y
On the Components panel at the left of the window, from the list of Units-Rates formulas,
m
double-click Amount = Units x Rates.
The Units-Rates formula is displayed on the process bar.
d e
NOTE
c a
A
For this rule, you calculate the amount or the destination that is represented
e
c l
by account 5240 (Travel Other). Units is represented by account 6000
(Headcount), and rates is represented by account 6010 (T&E Rate).

r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 111
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Set up the following dimension properties, which specify the label of each block and the
Destination, Units, and Rate accounts for the current formula:
Destination

Field Description
<Destination> label NA Travel Expenses
Account 5240 (Travel Other)

Units:

Field Description
<Select location for Units> label Operating Center Headcount
Account 6000 (Headcount)

Rate:

Field Description
<Select location for Rate> label
Account
Travel Rate
6010 (T&E Rate)
m y
d e
Adding a Formula for Software Expenses
c a
e A
You use the Units-Rates formula to calculate software expenses for each combination of
an entity and the no customer member by multiplying headcount for each entity by the
software expense rate.
c l
r
Add another Amount = Units*Rates formula.
a
O ly
The Units-Rates formula is displayed on the process bar.
NOTE

l & On
n a e
For this rule, you calculate the amount or destination represented by account
5350 (Software Expense). Units is represented by account 6000 (Headcount),

t e r U s
and rates is represented by account 6020 (Software Rate).

I n
c l e
r a
O
112 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Set up the following dimension properties, which specify the label of each block and the
Destination, Units, and Rate accounts for this formula:
Destination:

Field Description
<Destination> label NA Software Expenses
Account 5350 (Software Expense)

Units:

Field Description
<Select location for Units> label Operating Center Headcount
Account 6000 (Headcount)

Rate:

Field Description
<Select location for Rate> label
Account
Software Rate
6020 (Software Rate)
m y
d e
On the Locations tab, set the location to Planning/win2k3ent/BudPlan/Incstmt.

ca
On the Access Privileges tab, assign the following access rights:

e A
Users
l
Privilege

c
trnadmin
trnadmin
r a Validate or launch
Modify rule repository objects

O ly
& On
Save the business rule with the following information:

l
Field
n a e Value
Name
Description
t e r U s NA Expenses
Headcount driven expenses

I n
c l e
Validate the business rule.
Close the business rule.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 113
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Testing Business Rules


In Planning, open the Verify Business Rules data form.
In the Page area, make the following selections, and click Go:

Dimension Value
Entity 200
Customer No Customer
Scenario Budget
Version Working
Year FY09

Enter the data for Jan according to the following table.

Entity Account Jan Value


200 6000 12
6010 60

205
6020
6000
75
14
m y
6010 50
d e
6020 75
c a
210 6000
6010
10
50
e A
6020 65
c l
220 6000
r
18
a
6010
6020 O ly
50
75
225 6000
l & On
25
6010
n a e 60
6020

t e r U s 75

I n
c l e
r a
O
114 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

Entity Account Jan Value


230 6000 19
6010 50
6020 75
240 6000 23
6010 65
6020 75

TIP
Remember to save data before you select the next entity from the Pages drop-
down list. After making a selection from the Pages drop-down list, click Go.

From the Tools menu, launch Incstmt - Rule - NA Expenses.


The NA Expenses was successful message is displayed.
On the Verify Business Rules data form, verify that the 5240 (Travel Other) and 5350
(Software Expense) accounts were calculated correctly.

Entity Account Value


m y
200 5240 720
d e
5350 900
c a
205 5240
5350
700
1050
e A
210 5240 500
c l
5350 650
r a
220 5240
O ly
900

225
5350
5240
l & On
1350
1500
5350
n a e1875
230 5240

t
5350 e r U s
950
1425
240
I n
5240 1495

c l e 5350 1725

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 115
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Exercises

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
116 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Exercise Solutions

Overview
This section contains step-by-step solutions to successfully complete all
exercises. Solutions are grouped by lesson.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Lesson 3 Creating Dimensions Overview
Solutions

Lesson 3 Creating Dimensions Overview

Solution 3.1 Calculating Data Storage


In this exercise, you practice how to calculate data storage.
Given the following information:

Dimension Dense or Sparse Number of Members


HSP_Rates Dense 7
Account Dense 150
Period Dense 19
Year Sparse 10
Scenario Sparse 3
Version Sparse 5
Currency Sparse 3
Entity Sparse 25

m y
1. How many blocks can exist? _______________
d e
ca
2. Each block contains a cell for every dense member combination. How many cells are
in each block? _______________

e A
3. Assume that Scenario changes to dense.

c l
How many blocks are possible? _______________

r a
How many cells are in each block? _______________
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
118 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance Management Architect
Solutions

Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance


Management Architect

Solution 4.1 Navigating Performance Management Architect


In this exercise, you learn how to navigate in Performance Management Architect.

Starting All Ser vices


1. In the Planning folder, double-click Startall.bat.
2. To open the Services window, in the Planning folder, double-click Services.
The Services Window is displayed.
3. After each service starts, enter the spacebar to continue.
4. After the EPM Architect Process Manager service starts, verify that the following
services started:
Hyperion EPM Architect - .Net JNI Bridge

m y
Hyperion EPM Architect - Engine Manager

d e
Hyperion EPM Architect - Event Manager
Hyperion EPM Architect - Job Manager c a
e
Hyperion EPM Architect - Process Manager A
c l
5. After each service starts, enter the spacebar to continue.

r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 119
Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance Management Architect
Solutions

6. Verify that all services started.

m y
d e
Logging On to Performance Management Architect c a
e
1. In the Planning folder, double-click the Workspace icon. A
NOTE
c l
r a
Start all required services before launching Performance Management Architect.

O ly
& On
2. Log on as trnadmin with hyperion as the password.
l
3. Click Log On.
n a e
t e r U s
Navigating in Performance Management Architect

I n
1. Select Navigate > Administer > Dimension Library.

c l e
The Shared Library dimensions are displayed in the Shared Library.

a
2. In the Shared Library, expand HP_Account > Saved Assumptions and select 6000.
r
O
120 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance Management Architect
Solutions

3. In the Properties of 6000, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
The member properties for the 6000 account are displayed.
4. Select Navigate > Administer > Application Library.
Applications are displayed in the Application Library.
5. In the Summary area, view application information.
6. In the Dimensions area, view the dimensions included in the application.
7. In the Properties area, view the application status.
8. In the Description area, view the application description.
9. In the Rules/Rules Set area, view rule sets and rules by plan type.
10. Select Navigate > Administer > Library Job Console.
The job status is displayed in the Library Job Console.
11. In the Library Job Console, view the job summary, attachments, and status.
12. Select the tabs to switch between views.

m y
Solution 4.2 Creating Aliases
d e
In this exercise, you create aliases.
c a
1. In Shared Library, select File > New > Dimension.

e A
l
The Add New Dimension dialog box is displayed.
c
2. In the Name text box, enter Alias.
r a
O ly
3. In the Description text box, enter Aliases.

& On
4. From the Type drop-down list, select Alias and click OK.

l
a e
5. Right-click Alias and select Create Member > As Child.

n
t e r U s
The New Member dialog box is displayed.
6. In the Name text box, enter German and click OK.

I n
7. In Shared Library, select Alias.

c l e
8. In Properties of Alias, from the Category drop-down list, select System.

O ra
9. In the Property grid, double-click Default Member property and click
10. In the Member Selector dialog box, select Default, and click OK.
(ellipsis).

11. Click Save.


Planning: Create and Manage Applications 121
Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance Management Architect
Solutions

Solution 4.3 Managing Currencies


In this exercise, you add currencies to the Shared Library.

Adding a Currency Dimension


1. In the Shared Library, select File > New > Dimension.
The Add New Dimension dialog box is displayed.
2. In the Name text box, enter Currency.
3. In the Description text box, enter Planning Currency Dimension.
4. From the Type drop-down list, select Currency and click OK.
5. In Shared Library, select Currency.
6. In Properties for Currency, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
7. Clear Valid For Plan3.
8. Click Save.

Adding Currencies
m y
1. In the Shared Library, expand Currency.
d e
2. Right-click Currency and select Create Member > As Child.
c a
3. In the New Member dialog box, enter USD and click OK.

e A
l
4. From the Currency dimension, select USD.

c
r a
5. In Properties for USD, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
6. Ensure that Valid for Plan3 is cleared.
O ly
l & On
7. Double-click Data Storage and from the drop-down list, select StoreData.
8. Double-click in the Currency Code text box, and enter USD.

n a e
9. Click Save.

t e r U s
10. Repeat steps 4-7 to select StoreData for Local, and click Save.

I n
11. Right-click Currency and select Create Member > As Child.

l e
12. In the New Member dialog box, enter EUR and click OK.
c
a
13. From the Currency node, select EUR.
r
O14. From the Category drop-down list, select Planning.

122 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 4 Managing Dimensions with Performance Management Architect
Solutions

15. Ensure that Valid for Plan3 is cleared.


16. Double-click Data Storage and from the drop-down list, select StoreData.
17. Double-click in the Currency Code text box, and enter EUR.
18. Click Save.
19. Repeat steps 2 through 7 to add the following currencies, and add the appropriate
codes for each:
GBP (British Pound)
JPY (Japanese yen)
SGD (Singapore dollar)
20. Click Save after modifying each currency.

Editing Currencies
1. In the Shared Library, expand Currency.
2. Select USD.

m
3. In the Properties of USD area, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.y
4. Ensure that the following selections are made:
d e
Property Value
c a
Thousands Separator Comma

e A
Negative Color Red

c l
Reporting Currency
a
Selected

r
5. Click Save.
O ly
& On
6. From the Currency dimension, select EUR.
l
a e
7. In the Properties of EUR area, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
n
t e r U s
8. If necessary, scroll down to the bottom of the Property Grid.

10. Click Save. I n


9. Select the Reporting Currency check box.

c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 123
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Solutions

Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario,


and Version Dimensions

Solution 5.1 Customizing Year and Period Members


In this exercise, you add and modify time periods in the Shared Library.

Adding a Year Dimension


1. In the Shared Library, select File > New > Dimension.
The Add New Dimension dialog box is displayed.
2. In the Name text box, enter Year.
3. In the Description text box, enter Planning Year Dimension.
4. From the Type drop-down list, select Year and click OK.
5. In Shared Library, select Year.
6. In Properties for Year, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
m y
7. For Year, clear Valid For Plan3.
d e
8. Click Save.
c a
Adding Year Members
e A
c l
1. In Shared Library, expand the Year node.

r a
2. From Shared Library, select No Year.

O ly
3. In Properties for No Year, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.

l & On
4. Ensure that Valid for Plan3 is cleared.

a e
5. For Data Storage, select StoreData.
n
6. Click Save.
t e r U s
n
7. Right-click Year and select Create Member > As Child.
I
c l e
8. In the New Member dialog box, enter FY07 and click OK.
9. From the Year node, select FY07.

r a
10. In the Properties of FY07, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
O
124 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Solutions

11. Ensure that Valid for Plan3 is cleared.


12. For Data Storage, select StoreData.
13. Click Save.
14. Repeat steps 7 - 13 for years FY08, FY09, FY10, and FY11.

Adding a Period Dimension


1. In the Shared Library, right-click HP_Period and select Copy Dimension To > Shared
Library.
The Dimension Status Selection dialog box is displayed.
2. In the Dimension Name text box, enter Period.
3. In the Dimension Description text box, enter Planning Period Dimension.
4. Click OK.
5. In Shared Library, select Period.
6. In Properties of Period, from the drop-down list, select Planning.
7. For Properties of Period, verify that only Valid For Plan1 and Valid For Plan2 are
m y
selected.

d e
Associating Alias and Period Dimensions
c a
1. Right-click Period, and select View Associations.

e A
l
2. Select the Alias property that is associated with the HP_Alias dimension and click
c
Delete.

r a
The Delete Dimension Association Question dialog box is displayed.
3. Click Yes and OK. O ly
l & On
4. Right-click Period, and select Create Association.

n a e
The Create New Association dialog box is displayed.

t e r U s
5. Enter or make the following selections:

Field I n Value

l e
Existing Property

c
Selected

r a Property
Dimension
Alias
Alias
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 125
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Solutions

6. Click OK.

Customizing Period Members


1. In the Shared Library, expand the Period dimension, and expand YearTotal, and
select Q1.
2. In the Property Grid, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
3. Double-click the Alias text box in the Property Grid, and click (ellipsis) for Alias.
4. In the Alias dialog box, for the Default alias, enter Qtr 1 and click OK.
5. Ensure that Valid For Plan3 is cleared.
6. For Data Storage, ensure that StoreData is selected.
7. For Period Type, ensure that Summary Time Period is selected.
8. Click Save.
9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 for Q2, Q3, and Q4.
10. In the Shared Library, expand Q1 and select Jan.
11. In the Property Grid, click (ellipsis) for Alias.
m y
12. In the Alias dialog box, enter January for the Default alias and click OK.
d e
13. For Data Storage, ensure that StoreData is selected.
c a
14. For the Period Type property, ensure Base Time Period is selected.

e A
15. Click Save.

c l
step 10.
r a
16. Repeat steps 10 through 15 for Feb through Dec selecting the appropriate quarter in

NOTE O ly
l & On
You do not need to set up an Alias for the month of May.

n a e
t e r U s
Solution 5.2
I nCreating Scenarios
In this exercise, you create and copy scenarios in the Shared Library.

c l e
r a
O
126 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Solutions

Adding a Scenario Dimension


1. In Shared Library, select File > New > Dimension.
The Add New Dimension dialog box is displayed.
2. In the Name text box, enter Scenario.
3. In the Description text box, enter Planning Scenario Dimension.
4. From the Type drop-down list, select Scenario and click OK.
5. In Shared Library, select Scenario.
6. In Properties of Scenario, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
7. Clear Valid For Plan3.
8. Click Save.

Associating Year and Period Dimensions with Scenario


1. Right-click Scenario, and select Create Association.
The Create New Association dialog box is displayed.
2. Enter or make the following selections:
m y
d e
Field
Existing Property
Value
Selected
c a
Property StartYear

e A
Dimension Year

c l
3. Click OK.
r a
O ly
4. Right-click Scenario, and select Create Association.

l & On
The Create New Association dialog box is displayed.

n a e
5. Enter or make the following selections:

Field
t e r U sValue

I n
Existing Property Selected

c e
Property
l
Dimension
EndYear
Year

r a
O 6. Click OK.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 127


Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Solutions

7. Right-click Scenario, and select Create Association.


The Create New Association dialog box is displayed.
8. Enter or make the following selections:

Field Value
Existing Property Selected
Property StartPeriod
Dimension Period

9. Click OK.
10. Right-click Scenario, and select Create Association.
The Create New Association dialog box is displayed.
11. Enter or make the following selections:

Field Value
Existing Property
Property
Selected
EndPeriod
m y
Dimension Period
d e
12. Click OK.
c a
e A
Adding Scenarios

c l
r a
1. Right-click Scenario and select Create Member > As Child.
2. In the New Member dialog box, enter Actual and click OK.
O ly
l & On
3. In Shared Library, select Actual and from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
4. Define the scenario with the following properties:

n a e
Property
Valid for Plan Type
t e r U s Value
Plan1 and Plan2
Data Storage
I n StoreData

l e
Enable Process Management

c
Cleared

r a Start Year
End Year
FY08
FY08

O
128 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Solutions

Property Value
Start Period Jan
End Period Dec
ExchangeRate Table Actual Rates

5. Click Save.
6. Right-click Scenario and select Create Member > As Child.
7. In the New Member dialog box, enter Budget and click OK.
8. In Shared Library, select Budget and from the Category drop-down list, select
Planning.
9. Define the scenario with the following properties:

Property Value
Valid for Plan Type Plan1 and Plan2
Data Storage StoreData
Enable Process Management
Start Year
Selected
FY09
m y
End Year FY10
d e
Start Period Jan
c a
End Period
ExchangeRate Table
Dec

e
Budget and Forecast A
c l
10. Click Save.
r a
O ly
11. Right-click Budget and select Create Member > As Sibling.

& On
12. In the New Member dialog box, enter Forecast and click OK.
l
a e
13. Repeat steps 8 through 10 to set up the properties for the Forecast scenario.

n
t e r U s
Solution 5.3
I n
Creating Versions

c l e
In this exercise, you create versions in the Shared Library.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 129
Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Solutions

Adding a Version Dimension


1. In Shared Library, select File > New > Dimension.
The Add New Dimension dialog box is displayed.
2. In the Name text box, type Version.
3. In the Description text box, enter Planning Version Dimension.
4. From the Type drop-down list, select Version and click OK.
5. In Shared Library, select Version.
6. In Properties for Version, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
7. Clear Valid For Plan3.
8. Click Save.

Creating standard bottom-up versions


1. In Shared Library, right-click Version and select Create Member > As Child.
2. In the New Member dialog box, enter Draft 1 and click OK.
3. Select Draft 1 and from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
m y
4. Define the version with the following properties:
d e
Property Value
c a
Valid for Plan Type

e
Plan1 and Plan2 A
Data Storage
c l StoreData
Enable Process Management
r a Selected
Version Type
O ly BottomUp

5. Click Save.
l & On
n a e
t e r
Set up versions using Grid Editor

U s
1. Right-click Version and select Grid Editor.

I n
The Grid Editor wizard is displayed.

l e
2. Select Draft 1, and click
c
to move it to the Selections area.

a
3. Click Next.
r
O The Select Properties tab is displayed.

130 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Solutions

4. From the Category drop-down list, select Planning.


5. Select the following properties and click to move them to the Selections area:
Valid for Plan1
Valid for Plan2
Data Storage
Enable Process Management
Version Type
6. Click Finish.
The Grid Editor is displayed with your selections.
7. Right-click Draft 1, and select Create Member > As Sibling.
8. In the New Member dialog box, enter Draft 2, and click OK.
9. Repeat steps 7 through 8 to add the following versions:
Final
Working
m y
Scratch
d e
Target
c a
10. Click Save.

e A
l
11. Define the Draft 2 and Final versions with the following properties:

c
Property
r a Value
Valid for Plan Type
Data Storage O ly Plan1 and Plan2
StoreData
Enable Process Management
l & On Selected
Version Type
n a e BottomUp

t e r U s
a. Select StoreData for Draft 1, and [Ctl] + c to copy.

I n
b. Select the Data Storage column.

l e
c. Select [Ctl] + v to paste StoreData.
c
Ora The data storage value, StoreData is pasted to all members in the column.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 131


Lesson 5 Setting Up the Period, Year, Scenario, and Version Dimensions
Solutions

12. For the Working and Scratch versions, clear Enable Process Management so that
these versions have the following properties:

Property Value
Valid for Plan Type Plan1 and Plan2
Data Storage StoreData
Enable Process Management Cleared
Version Type BottomUp

13. For the Target version, clear Enable Process Management, and select Target for the
version type so that the Target version has the following properties:

Property Value
Valid for Plan Type Plan1 and Plan2
Data Storage StoreData
Enable Process Management Cleared
Version Type Target

m y
14. Click Save.
15. Right-click the Grid Editor tab and select Close.
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
132 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 6 Setting Up the Entity Dimension
Solutions

Lesson 6 Setting Up the Entity Dimension

Solution 6.1 Creating Entities


In this exercise, you learn how to create entities in the Shared Library.

Adding an Entity Dimension


1. Select Navigate > Administer > Dimension Library.
2. In Shared Library, select File > New > Dimension.
The Add New Dimension dialog box is displayed.
3. In the Name text box, enter Entity.
4. In the Description text box, enter Planning Entity Dimension.
5. From the Type drop-down list, select Entity and click OK.
6. Select Entity and in Properties for Entity, from the Category drop-down list, select
System.

m y
7. In the Dimension Alias property, verify that the value is Entity.

d e
Planning.
c a
8. Select Entity and in Properties for Entity, from the Category drop-down list, select

9. Clear Valid For Plan3.

e A
10. Click Save.
c l
r a
Associating Entity Dimension Properties
O ly
In this part of the exercise, you associate the Alias and Currency dimensions to their
& On
corresponding properties in the Entity dimension.
l
a e
1. In Shared Library, select the Entity node.
n
t e r U s
The Properties for Entity area is displayed.

n
2. Right-click the Entity node and select Create Association.
I
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 133
Lesson 6 Setting Up the Entity Dimension
Solutions

3. Enter or make the following selections:

Field Value
Existing Property Selected
Property Alias
Dimension Alias

4. Click OK.
5. Right-click the Entity node and select Create Association.
6. Enter or make the following selections:

Field Value
Existing Property Selected
Property Currency
Dimension Currency

7. Click OK.

m y
Defining Entity Members
d e
In this exercise, you create the Worldwide and Headquarters entities.
c a
NOTE

e A
For all entities, ensure that only plan types 1 and 2 are selected.

c l
r a
1. In Shared Library, right-click the Entity node and select Create Member > As Child.

O ly
2. In the New Member dialog box, enter Worldwide and click OK.

l & On
3. Select Worldwide, and from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.

n a e
4. Define the entity with the following properties:

Property
t e r U s
Value
Alias (Default)
I n Worldwide Location

c l e
Currency
Aggregation for Plan1
USD
~

r a Aggregation for Plan2 ~

O Data Storage StoreData

134 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 6 Setting Up the Entity Dimension
Solutions

5. Click Save.
6. In Shared Library, right-click Worldwide and select Create Member > As Sibling.
7. In the New Member dialog box, enter Headquarters and click OK.
8. In Shared Library, select Headquarters and from the Category drop-down list, select
Planning.
9. Define the entity with the following properties:

Property Value
Alias (Default) Corporate Headquarters
Currency USD
Aggregation for Plan1 ~
Aggregation for Plan2 ~
Data Storage StoreData

10. Click Save.

Setting Up Entities for North America and Central


m y
d
In this part of the exercise, you set up entities for North America and Central.e
a
1. In Shared Library, right-click Worldwide and select Create Member > As Child.
c
2. In the New Member dialog box, enter North America and click OK.

e A
Planning.
c l
3. In Shared Library, select North America and from the Category drop-down list, select

r a
4. Define the entity with the following properties:

O ly
Property
Alias (Default)
l & On
Value
NA Region
Currency
n a e
USD
Aggregation for Plan1
t e r U
+
s
Data Storage I n
Aggregation for Plan2 +
StoreData

c l e
a
5. Click Save.
r
O 6. In Shared Library, right-click North America and select Create Member > As Child.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 135


Lesson 6 Setting Up the Entity Dimension
Solutions

7. In the New Member dialog box, enter Central and click OK.
8. In Shared Library, select Central and from the Category drop-down list, select
Planning.
9. Define the entity with the following properties:

Property Value
Alias (Default) Central Region
Currency USD
Aggregation for Plan1 +
Aggregation for Plan2 +
Data Storage StoreData

10. Click Save.

Setting Up Central Entities


In this part of the exercise, you set up the child entities for Central.
1. In Shared Library, right-click Central and select Create Member > As Child.
m y
2. In the New Member dialog box, enter 200 and click OK.
d e
3. Select 200 and from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
c a
4. Define the entity with the following properties:

e A
Property Value
c l
Alias (Default)
a
Illinois
r
Currency USD
O ly
Aggregation for Plan1
Aggregation for Plan2
l
+
+& On
Data Storage
n a e
StoreData

5. Click Save.
t e r U s
I n
c l e
Adding Shared Members
1. In Shared Library, right-click Headquarters and select Create Member > As Child.

r a
2. In the New Member dialog box, enter HQ-US and click OK.
O
136 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 6 Setting Up the Entity Dimension
Solutions

3. Select HQ-US and from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
4. Define the entity with the following properties:

Property Value
Currency USD
Aggregation for Plan1 +
Aggregation for Plan2 +
Data Storage StoreData

5. Click Save.
6. In Shared Library, right-click HQ-US and select Insert Shared Member > As Child.
7. In the Member Selector dialog box, expand Worldwide > North America > Central.
8. Select 200 and click the Select button to add 200 to the Selections list.
9. Click OK.
10. In Shared Library, select 200(Shared) and note that the Data Storage property is set to
ShareData, and ensure that the aggregation for 200(Shared) is +.
m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 137
Lesson 7 Setting Up the Account Dimension
Solutions

Lesson 7 Setting Up the Account Dimension

Solution 7.1 Creating Account Dimensions


In this exercise, you define members in the Account dimension.

Adding an Account Dimension


1. Select Navigate > Administer > Dimension Library.
2. In Shared Library, select File > New > Dimension.
The Add New Dimension dialog box is displayed.
3. In the Name text box, enter Account.
4. In the Description text box, enter Planning Account Dimension.
5. From the Type drop-down list, select Account and click OK.
6. In Shared Library, select Account.
7. In Properties for Account, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
m y
8. Clear Valid For Plan3.
d e
9. Click Save.
c a
Associating Account Dimension Properties
e A
c l
In this part of the exercise, you associate the Alias dimension to the alias property in the
Account dimension.
r a
O ly
1. In Shared Library, select the Account node.

& On
The Properties for Account area is displayed.

l
a e
2. Right-click the Account node and select Create Association.

n
t e r U s
3. Enter or make the following selections:

Field
I n
Existing Property
Value
Selected

c l e
Property Alias

O ra Dimension Alias

138 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 7 Setting Up the Account Dimension
Solutions

4. Click OK.

Setting Up Accounts
1. In Shared Library, right-click the Account node and select Create Member > As Child.
2. In the New Member dialog box, enter Income Statement and click OK.
3. Select Income Statement and from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
4. Define the account with the following properties:

Property Value
Valid for Plan Types Plan1
Aggregation for Plan1 ~
Data Storage LabelOnly
Two Pass Calc Cleared
Smart List Cleared
Time Balance Flow
Skip Value None
Expense Reporting NonExpense
m y
Account Type
Data Type
Revenue
Currency
d e
Source Plan Type Plan1
c a
5. Click Save Property.
e A
c l
6. Verify that ExchangeRate Type is set to Average.

r a
7. In Shared Library, right-click Income Statement and select Create Member > As Sibling.

O ly
8. In the New Member dialog box, enter Saved Assumptions and click OK.

& On
9. In Shared Library, select Saved Assumptions and from the Category drop-down list,
l
select Planning.

n a e
Property
t r U s
10. Define the account with the following properties:

e Value

I n
Valid for Plan Types Plan1, Plan2

c l
Plan2 e
Aggregation for Plan1, ~

Ora Data Storage


Two Pass Calc
StoreData
Cleared

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 139


Lesson 7 Setting Up the Account Dimension
Solutions

Property Value
Time Balance Balance
Skip Value None
Expense Reporting NonExpense
Account Type SavedAssumption
Exchange Rate Type None
Data Type NonCurrency
Source Plan Type Plan1

11. Click Save.


12. In Shared Library, right-click Saved Assumptions and select Create Member > As Sibling.
13. In the New Member dialog box, enter Balance Sheet and click OK.
14. In Shared Library, select Balance Sheet and from the Category drop-down list, select
Planning.
15. Define the account with the following properties:

Property
Valid for Plan Types
Value
Plan2
m y
Aggregation for Plan2 ~

d e
Data Storage
Two Pass Calc
LabelOnly
Cleared
c a
Time Balance Balance

e A
Skip Value None

c l
Expense Reporting
Account Type Asset
r a
NonExpense

Data Type
O ly
Currency
Source Plan Type
& On
Plan2
l
16. Click Save Properties.
n a e
e r s
17. Change the ExchangeRate Type to Ending.
t U
n
18. Click Save Properties.
I
l e
Setting Up Income Statement Members
c
a
1. In Shared Library, right-click Income Statement and select Create Member > As Child.
r
O 2. In the New Member dialog box, enter Net Income and click OK.

140 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 7 Setting Up the Account Dimension
Solutions

3. Select Net Income and from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
4. Define the account with the following properties:

Property Value
Alias (Default) Profit/(Loss)
Valid for Plan Types Plan1
Aggregation for Plan1 +
Data Storage DynamicCalc
Time Balance Flow
Skip Value None
Expense Reporting NonExpense
Account Type Revenue
Data Type Currency
Source Plan Type Plan1

5. Click Save Property.


6. Verify that ExchangeRate Type is set to Average.
NOTE
m y
aliases and choose to display the German alias names in a data form.
d e
In later exercises, you load additional accounts with their Default and German

c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 141
Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements
Solutions

Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements

Solution 8.1 Creating User-Defined Dimensions and Attributes


In this exercise, you add the user-defined dimension Customer and the Salesrep
attribute dimension. You use the Customer dimension for sales analysis in the Incstmt
plan. This exercise assumes that you are logged onto Workspace as trnadmin with
password hyperion.
1. In Dimension Library, select File > New > Dimension.
2. In the Add New Dimension dialog box, enter the following information:

Property Value
Name Customer
Description Customer
Type Generic

3. Click OK.
m y
4. In Shared Library, select the Customer dimension.

d e
and select Valid for Plan1.
c a
5. In the Property Grid for Customer, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning

A
6. Clear Valid for Plan2, Valid for Plan3, Valid for Wrkforce, and Valid for Capex.
e
c l
7. From the Data Storage drop-down list, select NeverShare.

r
8. Select the Apply Security check box.a
9. Click Save.
O ly
Creating the Salesrep Dimension l & On
n a e
t e r
1. In Shared Library, select File > New > Dimension.

U s
2. In the Add New Dimension dialog box, enter the following information:

Property I n Value
Name
c l e Salesrep

r a Description Planning Salesrep Dimension

O Type Attribute

142 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements
Solutions

3. Click OK.
4. In the Property Grid for Salesrep, from the Category grid drop-down list, select
Planning.
5. For Attribute Type, select Text.
6. Click Save.

Associating the Customer and Salesrep Dimensions


In this part of the exercise, you create a new property in the Customer dimension called
Salesrep. Then you create an association between the Salesrep dimension and the
Salesrep property in the Customer dimension.
1. In Shared Library, select the Customer dimension.
The Properties for Customer area is displayed.
2. In the Property Grid for Customer, from the Category drop-down list, select Planning.
3. Right-click the Customer node and select Create Association.
4. Enter or make the following selections:

m y
Field
New Property
Value
Selected
d e
Property Salesrep
c a
Dimension Salesrep

e A
5. Click OK.
c l
r a
O ly
Associating the Alias and Customer Dimensions

Customer dimension.
l & On
In this part of the exercise, you associate the Alias dimension to the alias property in the

n a e
1. In Shared Library, right-click Customer, and select Create Association.

t e r U s
2. Enter or make the following selections:

Field
I n Value

l e
Existing Property

c
Selected

r a Property
Dimension
Alias
Alias
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 143
Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements
Solutions

3. Click OK.

Adding Members to the Salesrep Dimension


1. In Shared Library, right-click Salesrep and select Create Member > As Child.
2. In the New Member dialog box, enter Tom Baker and click OK.

Solution 8.2 Setting up Customer Members


In this exercise, you set up the Customer dimension.
1. In Shared Library, right-click Customer and select Create Member > As Child.
2. In the New Member dialog box, enter All Customers and click OK.
3. Select All Customers and define All Customers with the following properties:

Property Value
Valid for Plan Type Plan1
Aggregation for Plan1
Data Storage
~
StoreData
m y
Two Pass Calc Cleared

d e
4. Click Save.
c a
A
5. In Shared Library, right-click All Customers and select Create Member > As Child.

e
l
6. In the New Member dialog box, enter National Accounts and click OK.

c
a
7. Define the member with the following properties:
r
Property
Valid for Plan Type O ly
Value
Plan1
Aggregation for Plan1
l
+ & On
Data Storage
n a e
StoreData
Two Pass Calc

t e r s
Cleared

U
8. Click Save.
I n
c l e
9. In Shared Library, right-click National Accounts and select Create Member > As Child.
10. In the New Member dialog box, enter N001 and click OK.

r a
O
144 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements
Solutions

11. Define the member with the following properties:

Property Value
Alias (Default) Alliance Merchandise
Valid for Plan Type Plan1
Aggregation for Plan1 +
Data Storage StoreData
Two Pass Calc Cleared

12. Double-click the Salesrep text box, and click (ellipsis).


The Member Selector dialog box is displayed.
13. Select Tom Baker and click OK.
14. Click Save.

m y
d e
ca
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 145
Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements
Solutions

Solution 8.3 Creating Smart Lists


In this exercise, you create and associate Smart Lists in the Shared Library.

Creating Smart Lists


1. In Shared Library, select File > New > Dimension.
2. In the Add New DImension dialog box, enter the following information:

Property Value
Name Customer_Service_Level
Description Customer Service Smart List
Type SmartList

3. Click OK.
4. In Shared Library, select Customer_Service_Level.
5. In Properties for Customer_Service_Level, from the category drop-down list, select
Planning.
6. In the Label property, double-click and enter Customer_Service_Level.
m y
7. Click Save.

d e
Adding Smart List Entries
c a
A
1. In Shared Library, right-click Customer_Service_Level and select Create Member > As

e
Child.

c l
The New Member dialog box is displayed.

r a
2. In the Name text box, enter Platinum and click OK.
O ly
3. In Shared Library, select Platinum.

l & On
4. In the Property Grid, from the category drop-down list, select Planning.

n a e
5. In the Label text box, type Platinum and click Save.

t e r U s
6. In the Shared Library, right-click Customer_Service_Level and select Create Member > As
Child.
I n
c l e
The New Member dialog box is displayed.
7. In the Name text box, enter Gold and click OK.

r a
8. Select Gold and in the Property Grid, in the Label text box, enter Gold and click Save.
O
146 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 8 Creating User-Defined Elements
Solutions

9. In Shared Library, right-click Customer_Service_Level and select Create Member > As


Child.
The New Member dialog box is displayed.
10. In the Name text box, enter Silver and click OK
11. Select Silver and in the Property Grid, in the Label text box, enter Silver and click Save.
12. In Shared Library, right-click Customer_Service_Level and select Create Member > As
Child.
The New Member dialog box is displayed.
13. In the Name text box, enter Bronze and click OK.
14. Select Bronze and in the Property Grid, in the Label text box, enter Bronze and click
Save.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 147
Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File
Solutions

Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File

Solution 9.1 Loading Entity and Account Dimension Members


In this exercise, you create an import profile and import metadata into the Entity and
Account dimensions. You also add a member formula to Profit Percent. The formula
calculates Gross Profit as a percentage to Net Sales.
This exercise assumes that you are logged onto Workspace as trnadmin with password
hyperion.

Loading Entity Members


1. In Dimension Library, select Navigate > Administer > Dimension Library.
2. In Shared Library, select File > Import > Create Profile.
3. In the New Profile dialog box, enter the following information:

Field Value
Profile Name HpFinbudEntity

m y
Import Type
Application
Flat File
Shared Library
d e
4. To the right of File Name, click Browse.
c a
5. In the File Input dialog box, click Browse.
e A
6. Navigate to the C:\CF\PLN_CMA folder.
c l
r a
7. Select the HPFinbudEntity.ads file and click Open.
8. Click Upload and click OK. O ly
l & On
9. In the File Properties section, select the following:

n a e
Column Delimiter

t e r U s
Remove Double Quotes on Strings
|
Cleared

I n
Remove White Space Selected

c l e
Suppress Transaction Logs Selected

r a
10. Click Next.

O
148 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File
Solutions

11. In the Map Dimensions section, select the following:

Create dimensions for the non-mapped dimensions with Selected


the source dimension name
Select All - Merge As Shared Selected

12. Map to the following Shared Library dimensions:

Flat File Shared Library Merge/Replace


Entity Entity Merge

13. Ensure that Merge As Shared is selected.


14. Click Next.
15. In the Dimension Mapping section, click Finish.
16. When prompted to execute the profile, click Yes.
17. On the Job Task dialog box, click Click here to navigate to jobs.
18. Review the Job Console for any errors.

m y
19. Right-click Job Console and click Close.

d e
a
20. In Shared Library, verify that the Entity dimension contains the members you loaded.

c
A
NOTE
Refresh Shared Library before expanding the Entity dimension.

c l e
Loading Account Members
r a
O ly
1. In Shared Library, select File > Import > Create Profile.

l & On
2. In the New Profile dialog box, enter the following information:

Field
n a e
Value
Profile Name

t e r s
HpFinbudAccount

U
Import Type
Application
I n Flat File
Shared Library

c l e
3. To the right of File Name, click Browse.

r a
4. In the File Input dialog box, click Browse.

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 149
Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File
Solutions

5. Navigate to the C:\CF\PLN_CMA folder.


6. Select the HPFinbudAccount.ads file and click Open.
7. Click Upload and click OK.
8. In the File Properties section, select the following:

Column Delimiter |
Remove Double Quotes on Strings Cleared
Remove White Space Selected
Suppress Transaction Logs Selected

9. Click Next.
10. In the Map Dimensions section, select the Create dimensions for the non-mapped
dimensions with the source dimension name check box.
11. Select Select All - Merge As Shared.
12. Map to the following Shared Library dimensions:

Flat File Shared Library Merge/Replace


m y
Account Account Merge
d e
13. Ensure that Merge As Shared is selected.
c a
14. Click Next.
e A
c l
15. In the Dimension Mapping section, click Finish.

r a
16. When prompted to execute the profile, click Yes.

O ly
17. On the Job Task dialog box, click Click here to navigate to jobs.

l & On
18. Review the Job Console for any errors.

a e
19. Right-click Job Console and click Close.
n
e r s
20. In Shared Library, verify that the Account dimension contains the members you
loaded.
t U
NOTE I n
c l e
Refresh Shared Library before expanding the Account dimension.

r a
O
150 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File
Solutions

Solution 9.2 Loading Sales Representatives


In this exercise, you create an import profile and import metadata into the Salesrep
dimension.

Create an Import Profile for Salesreps


1. In Shared Library, select File > Import > Create Profile.
2. In the New Profile dialog box, enter the following information:

Profile Name HpSalesreps


Import Type Flat File
Application Shared Library

3. To the right of File Name, click Browse.


4. In the File Input dialog box, click Browse.
5. Navigate to the C:\CF\PLN_CMA folder.
6. Select the HPFinbudSalesrep.ads file and click Open.

m y
7. Click Upload and click OK.

d e
8. In the File Properties section, select the following:

c a
Column Delimiter

e
|
A
Remove Double Quotes on Strings
Remove White Space
c l Cleared

a
Selected
Suppress Transaction Logs
r
O ly
Selected

9. Click Next.

l & On
n a e
10. In the Map Dimensions section, select the Create dimensions for the non-mapped
dimensions with the source dimension name check box.

t e r U s
11. Select Select All - Merge As Shared.

I n
12. Map to the following Shared Library dimensions:

c l e
Flat File Shared Library Merge/Replace

r a Salesrep Salesrep Merge

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 151
Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File
Solutions

13. Ensure that Merge As Shared is selected.


14. Click Next.
15. In the Dimension Mapping section, click Finish.
16. When prompted to execute the profile, click Yes.
17. On the Job Task dialog box, click Click here to navigate to jobs.
18. Review the Job Console for any errors.
19. Right-click Job Console and click Close.
20. In Shared Library, verify that the Salesrep dimension contains the members you
loaded.
NOTE
Refresh Shared Library before expanding the Salesrep dimension.

Solution 9.3 Loading Customers


In this exercise, you create an import profile and import metadata into the Customer
m y
dimension.
d e
1. In Shared Library, select File > Import > Create Profile.

ca
2. In the New Profile dialog box, enter the following information:

e A
Profile Name
c l
HpFinbudCustomer
Import Type
a
Flat File
r
3. Click Upload. O ly
l & On
4. In the File Input dialog box, click Browse.

a e
5. Navigate to the C:\CF\PLN_CMA folder.
n
e r s
6. Select the HPFinbudCustomer.ads file and click Open.
t U
n
7. Click Upload and click OK.
I
c l e
8. In the File Properties section, select the following:

O ra Column Delimiter
Remove Double Quotes on Strings
|
Cleared

152 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 9 Loading Metadata from a File
Solutions

Remove White Spaces Selected


Suppress Transaction Logs Selected

9. Click Next.
10. In the Map Dimensions section, select the Create dimensions for the non-mapped
dimensions with the source dimension name check box.
11. Select Select All - Merge As Shared.
12. Map to the following Shared Library dimensions:

Flat File Shared Library Merge/Replace


Customer Customer Merge

13. Ensure that Merge As Shared is selected.


14. Click Next.
15. In the Dimension Mapping section, click Finish.
16. When prompted to execute the profile, click Yes.

m y
17. On the Job Task dialog box, click Click here to navigate to jobs.
18. Review the Job Console for any errors.
d e
19. Right-click Job Console and click Close.
ca
A
20. In Shared Library, verify that the Customer dimension contains the members you
e
loaded.
c l
NOTE
r a
Refresh Shared Library before expanding the Customer dimension.
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 153
Lesson 10 Creating Applications
Solutions

Lesson 10 Creating Applications

Solution 10.1 Creating New Applications


In this exercise, you create an application for Finbud. You build the application from
dimensions in Shared Library. You use the application wizard to create a new application.
This exercise assumes that you are logged into Workspace as trnadmin with password
hyperion.
1. Select Navigate > Administer > Application Library.
2. Select File > New > Application(z).
The Application Creation Wizard is displayed.
3. In the Name text box, enter Finbud.
4. From the Type drop-down list, select Planning.
5. Select Auto Create Local Dimensions.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
154 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 10 Creating Applications
Solutions

Set Up Application Characteristics


1. Set or select the properties for Finbud according based on the following information:

m y
d e
a
2. Select Create New Local Period Dimension and Create New Local Year Dimension.

c
3. For the local period dimension name, enter Period.

e
4. For the local year dimension, enter the following information: A
c l
Field
Year Name r
Year a
Dimension

Fiscal Start Year O ly


2007
Total Years
l & On
5

n a e
5. Click Next.

t e r U s
6. For Dimension Selection, ensure the following dimensions and options are selected:

I n
l e
Dimension Type
c
New
Dimension Local Dimension

r a Entity
Version
Entity(new)
Version(new)
selected
selected
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 155
Lesson 10 Creating Applications
Solutions

New
Dimension Type Dimension Local Dimension
Scenario Scenario(new) selected
Account Account(new) selected
Year Year(new) selected
Period Period(new) selected
Alias Alias(new) selected
Currency Currency(new) selected

7. For Custom Dimensions, select [Create New Dimension].


8. For Dimension Name enter Customer and for type select Generic, and click OK.
9. Select Local Dimension for Customer.
10. For Other Dimensions, select a new Smart List dimension of Customer_Service_Level
and Local Dimension.
11. Click Next.
The Creating application Finbud message is displayed.
m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
156 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 10 Creating Applications
Solutions

Completing Application Setup


1. Ensure that the Finbud application includes following settings:

m y
d e
c a
2. Ensure that the Finbud application consists of the following dimensions:
Account
e A
Alias
c l
Currency
r a
Entity
O ly
Customer
l & On
Period
n a e
Scenario

t e r U s
n
Customer_Service_Level
I
c
Yearl e
Version

r a
3. Select Customer_Service_Level and verify the label says Customer_Service_Level.

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 157
Lesson 10 Creating Applications
Solutions

4. Select Customer and in Planning Properties select Apply Security.


5. Select Customer and in Planning Properties clear Plan2 (Balsheet), and select Save
Property.
6. Click Finish.
The Finbud application is created and is displayed in Dimension Library.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
158 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

Lesson 11 Deploying Applications

Solution 11.1 Validating and Deploying Applications


In this exercise, you validate and deploy the Finbud application.

Adding Dimensions from Shared Librar y


In this part of the exercise, you add the local Salesrep dimension to the Finbud
application in Dimension Library.
1. In Dimension Library, right-click Finbud and select Create Dimension.
2. In the Add New Dimension dialog box, enter the following information:

Property Value
Name Salesrep
Description Planning Salesrep Dimension
Type Attribute

m y
3. Click OK.
d e
down list, select Planning.
c a
4. In Finbud, select Salesrep, and in the Properties of Salesrep, from the Category drop-

5. For Attribute Type, verify that it is set to Text.


e A
6. Click Save.
c l
r a
O ly
Associating the Customer and Salesrep Dimensions

l & On
In this part of the exercise, you create a new property in the local Customer dimension
called Salesrep. Then you create an association between the Salesrep dimension and

a e
the Salesrep property in the local Customer dimension.
n
t e r U s
1. In Finbud, right-click Customer, and select Create Association.

n
2. Enter or make the following selections:
I
Field

c l e
New Property
Value
Selected

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 159
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

Field Value
Property Salesrep
Dimension Salesrep

3. Click OK.

Associating the Alias and Customer Dimensions


In this part of the exercise, you verify the association between the local Alias dimension
to the alias property in the local Customer dimension.
1. In Finbud, select the Customer node.
The Properties for Customer area is displayed.
2. Right-click the Customer node and select View Associations.
3. Ensure that Alias is associated with the Customer dimension.
4. If Alias is not associated with the Customer dimension, perform the following steps:
Right-click the Customer node and select Create Associations.
Enter or make the following selections:
m y
Field Value
d e
Existing Property Selected
c a
Property Alias

e A
Dimension Alias

c l
Click OK.
r a
O ly
l & On
Loading Members to the Salesrep Dimension
1. In Dimension Library, select File > Import > Create Profile.

n a e
t e r
2. In the New Profile dialog box, enter the following information:

U s
Profile Name
Import Type I n HpSalesrepsLocal
Flat File

c l e
Application Finbud

r a
3. To the right of File Name, click Browse.
O
160 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

4. In the File Input dialog box, click Browse.


5. Navigate to the C:\CF\PLN_CMA folder.
6. Select the HPFinbudSalesrep.ads file and click Open.
7. Click Upload and click OK.
8. In the File Properties section, select the following:

Column Delimiter |
Remove Double Quotes on Strings Cleared
Remove White Space Selected
Suppress Transaction Logs Selected

9. Click Next.
10. In the Map Dimensions section, select the Create dimensions for the non-mapped
dimensions with the source dimension name check box. Do not clear any other selected
options.
11. Click Next.

m y
12. In the Dimension Mapping section, click Finish.

d e
13. When prompted to execute the profile, click Yes.
14. Click Close.
c a
e A
15. In the Finbud application, verify that the Salesrep dimension contains the members
you loaded.
c l
NOTE
r a
O ly
Refresh before expanding the Salesrep dimension.

l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 161
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

Loading Members to the Customer Dimension


In this part of the exercise, you create an import profile and import metadata into the
Customer dimension of the Finbud application.
1. In Dimension Library, select File > Import > Create Profile.
2. In the New Profile dialog box, enter the following information:

Profile Name HpFinbudCustomerLocal


Import Type Flat File
Application Finbud

3. To the right of File Name, click Browse.


4. In the File Input dialog box, click Browse.
5. Navigate to the C:\CF\PLN_CMA folder.
6. Select the HPFinbudCustomer.ads file and click Open.
7. Click Upload and click OK.
8. In the File Properties section, select the following:
m y
Column Delimiter |
d e
Remove Double Quotes on Strings Cleared
c a
Remove White Spaces Selected

e A
Suppress Transaction Logs

c lSelected

9. Click Next.
r a
O ly
10. In the Map Dimensions section, select the Create dimensions for the non-mapped

options.
l & On
dimensions with the source dimension name check box. Do not clear any other selected

11. Click Next.


n a e
t e r U s
12. In the Dimension Mapping section, click Finish.

I n
13. When prompted to execute the profile, click Yes.

l e
14. Click Close.

c
r a
O
162 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

15. In the Finbud application, verify that the Customer dimension contains the members
you loaded.
NOTE
Refresh before expanding the Customer dimension.

Merging Dimensions from Shared Librar y


In this part of the exercise, you merge metadata with the dimensions in Shared Library to
populate the local application with a complete list of metadata.
1. Expand the Finbud application.
2. Right-click Alias(Local) and select Synchronize > From Shared Library.
3. For dimension, select Alias and Replace.
4. Click OK.
5. In the Application pane, select Alias.
6. In Properties of Alias, from the Category drop-down list, select System.
7. For the Default member property, click (ellipsis).
m y
8. In the Member Selector dialog box, select Default, and click OK.
d e
9. Click Save Property.
c a
A
10. In Finbud, right-click Customer_Service_Level(Local) and select Synchronize > From

e
Shared Library.

c l
11. For dimension, select Customer_Service_Level and Replace.
12. Click OK. r a
O ly
13. In Finbud, right-click Account(Local) and select Synchronize > From Shared Library.

l & On
14. For dimension, select Account and Replace.
15. Click OK.
n a e
t e r U s
16. In Finbud, right-click Currency(Local) and select Synchronize > From Shared Library.

I n
17. For dimension, select Currency and Replace.

l e
18. Click OK.

c
a
19. In Finbud, right-click Entity(Local) and select Synchronize > From Shared Library.
r
O20. For dimension, select Entity and Merge As Shared.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 163


Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

21. Click OK.


22. In Finbud, right-click Customer(Local) and select Synchronize > From Shared Library.
23. For dimension, select Customer and Replace.
24. Click OK.
25. In Finbud, right-click Period (Local) and select Synchronize > From Shared Library.
26. For dimension, select Period and Replace.
27. Click OK.
28. In Finbud, right-click Year(Local) and select Synchronize > From Shared Library.
29. For dimension, select Year and Replace.
30. Click OK.
31. In Finbud, right-click Scenario (Local) and select Synchronize > From Shared Library.
32. For dimension, select Scenario and Replace.
33. Click OK.
34. In Finbud, right-click Version (Local) and select Synchronize > From Shared Library.
m y
35. For dimension, select Version and Replace.
d e
36. Click OK.
c a
Activating Associations
e A
c l
Right-click Finbud and select Activate all associations.

Setting the Evaluation Order r a


O ly
1. Right-click Finbud, and select Data Type Evaluation Order.

l & On
2. For Incstmt, select Account and move it to Selected Dimensions.
3. Click OK.
n a e
t e r U s
I n
Setting Performance Criteria
In this part of the exercise, you set the performance settings.

c l e
1. Right-click Finbud, and select Performance settings.

r a
2. From the drop-down list, select Incstmt.

O
164 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

3. Set up the order and characteristics as indicated in the following table:

Dimension Value
Account Dense
Period Dense
HSP_Rates Dense
Entity Sparse
Customer Sparse
Year Sparse
Scenario Sparse
Version Sparse
Currency Sparse

4. From the drop-down list, select Balsheet.


5. Set up the order and characteristics as indicated in the following table:

Dimension Value

m y
Account
Period
Dense
Dense
d e
HSP_Rates Dense
ca
Entity Sparse

e A
Year
l
Sparse

c
Scenario
Version
r a
Sparse
Sparse
Currency O ly
Sparse

l & On
6. Click OK.

n a e
Validating Applications
t e r U s
n
1. Select Navigate > Administer > Application Library.
I
c l e
2. Right-click Finbud and select Validate > Application (v).
3. On the Job Task dialog box, click Click here to navigate to jobs.

r a
4. Click Validation Log and Open.
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 165
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

5. Fix the validation errors and execute the validation again.

Deploying Applications
1. In Application Library, right-click the Finbud application and select Deploy >
Application(v).
2. If there are validation errors the Job Task dialog box is displayed.
On the Job Task dialog box, click Click here to navigate to jobs.
Click Validation Log and Open.
Fix the validation errors and execute the deploy again.
3. If there are no errors, in the Deploy dialog box, enter or verify the following
information:

Instance Name Planning


Web Server win2k3ent
Application Server Planning
Shared Services Project Planning Training Applications

m y
Data Source
Create Outline
Finbud
Selected
d e
c a
4. Make sure that the following check boxes are cleared:

e A
Refresh Outline
Create Security Filters
c l
Shared Members Security Filters r a
Validate Security Filter Limit O ly
5. Click Deploy.
l & On
n a e
6. In the Job Task dialog box, click the Click here to navigate to jobs link.

t e r U s
The Job Console is displayed.

I n
7. In Job Console, select View > Refresh to verify that Progress Status in the Status area

c l e
displays 100%.
8. Navigate to the Application Library, and select View > Refresh.

r a
9. Note the information for the Finbud application, and ensure that the status is
O deployed.

166 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

Adding Member Formulas


1. In Dimension Library, for Finbud, expand Account, Income Statement, and Statistical
Information and select 7000, and in the Property Grid, double-click Member Formula and
click (ellipsis).
The Member Formula Editor dialog box is displayed.
2. Enter Gross Profit % Net Sales; and click Validate.
The Member Formula is Valid message is displayed.
3. Click OK twice.
4. Click Save.

Adding a Member Formula for Net Inc


Now that all account members have been loaded into the application, you create a
formula using the @XREF function. You use the @XREF function to set the value of Net
Inc in the Balsheet database to the data value from the Net Income, All Customers
member from the Incstmt database. The @XREF function requires a locationAlias
argument which refers to a descriptor that identifies the data source.

m y
Verifying the Location Alias

d e
c a
1. From the Planning folder on the Windows desktop, double-click Start Administration
Services Console and log onto Essbase Administration Services Console connecting to
the win2k3ent server as user trnadmin and password hyperion.

e A
Balsheet.
c l
2. Expand the following nodes: Essbase Servers > localhost > Applications > Finbud>

r a
3. To verify the location alias, select the Finbud:Balsheet database.

O ly
4. In the Actions menu, select Edit > Location aliases for Balsheet.

l & On
The location alias for Balsheet is displayed. Note the location alias for the

a e
Incstmt database, _Revcube_.

n
5. Click Close.

t e r U s
6. File > Exit.
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 167
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

Setting up a XREF Function for Net Inc


1. In Dimension Library, for Finbud, expand the Account > BalanceSheet > Total LiabEquity >
Total Equity, and select Net Inc.
2. Select Net Inc, and in the Property Grid, double-click Member Formula and click
(ellipsis).
The Memo Editor dialog box is displayed.
3. In the Memo Editor, enter @XREF(_Revcube_,Net Income,All Customers); and click
Validate.
The Member Formula is Valid message is displayed.
4. Click OK.
The following are true:
_Revcube_ is the location alias pointing to the Incstmt database.
Net Income and All Customers are the members sent to the data source in
addition to the members in the current point of view. The data value is retrieved
for the combined members.
The formula ends in a semi-colon.
m y
5. Click Save.
d e
Modifying Smart List Account
c a
A
1. In Dimension Library, for Finbud, expand Account > Client Information, and select 6060.
e
c l
2. In Planning Properties, set the following properties and click Save:

Property r a
Value
Data Storage O ly
StoreData
Data Type
l & On
SmartList
Smart List
n a e Customer_Service_Level
Default: Alias

t e r U s Customer Class

I n
c l e
r a
O
168 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 11 Deploying Applications
Solutions

Redeploying Finbud
1. In Application Library, right-click Finbud and select Deploy > Application (v).
2. In the Deploy dialog box, enter or verify the following information:

Instance Name Planning


Web Server win2k3ent
Application Server Planning
Shared Services Project Planning Training Applications
Data Source Finbud
Refresh Outline Selected

3. Make sure that the following check boxes are cleared:


Create Outline
Create Security Filters
Shared Members Security Filters
Validate Security Filter Limit
m y
4. Click Deploy.
d e
5. In the Job Task dialog box, click the Click here to navigate to jobs link.
c a
The Job Console is displayed.

e A
displays 100%.
c l
6. In Job Console, select View > Refresh to verify that Progress Status in the Status area

r a
7. Navigate to the Application Library, and select View > Refresh.

O ly
Note the information for the Finbud application view and ensure that the status
is deployed.
l & On
n
Accessing Deployed Applications a e
t e r U s
1. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Refresh.

I n
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.

c l e
You can now access the Finbud application in Workspace.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 169
Lesson 12 Setting Up Exchange Rates
Solutions

Lesson 12 Setting Up Exchange Rates

Solution 12.1 Setting Up Exchange Rates Tables and Exchange


Rates
You need to be able to translate between the U.S. dollar and any currency. You do not
need to translate between other currencies. For example, you do not need to see
Japanese yen translated to British pounds or British pounds translated to Japanese yen.
To translate between the U.S. dollar and any currency, you set up two exchange rate
tables and enter exchange rates.

Setting Up Actual Exchange Rates


1. From Workspace, select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
2. Select Administration > Manage Exchange Rates.
3. From the Manage Exchange Rates Tables list, select Actual Rates.
4. Click Edit.
The Edit Exchange Rate Table dialog box is displayed.
m y
d e
5. On the Rate Table tab, clear the BegBalance and Historical check boxes and click Next
to display the Exchange Rate tab.
c a
e
euro (EUR) to the U.S. dollar (USD) as follows: A
6. Set up average and ending exchange rates for converting values from the European

c l
a. From the To Currency drop-down list, select USD.

r a
b. From the Show Years drop-down list, select FY08.

O ly
c. In the row for EUR, in the column for Jan-08 Avg, enter a rate of 1.1179.

l & On
d. To fill the rest of the EUR Avg cells, right-click the Jan-08 Avg cell and select Fill
Table.

n a e
t e r U s
e. In the row for EUR, in the column for Jan-08 End, enter a rate of 1.1402.

Table.
I n
f. To fill the rest of the EUR End cells, right-click the Jan-08 End cell and select Fill

l e
7. Specify the following conversions and use Fill Table to fill all years:
c
r a To From Average Rate Ending Rate

O USD GBP 1.5997 1.6317

170 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 12 Setting Up Exchange Rates
Solutions

USD JPY 0.008411 0.008579


USD SGD 0.56405 0.57579

8. When you have finished entering the average and ending rates, click Save and click
OK.
9. Click Close.

Setting Up Budget Exchange Rates


1. On the Manage Exchange Rates window, clear Actual Rates, and select Budget and
Forecast, and click Edit.
2. On the Rate Table tab, clear BegBalance and Historical, and click Next to display the
Exchange Rate tab.
3. From the To Currency drop-down list, select USD.
4. From the Show Years drop-down list, select FY09.
5. Specify the following conversions and use Fill Table to fill all years. These rates should
be valid for the years 2009 through 2011.

m y
To
USD
From
EUR
Average Rate
1.1291
Ending Rate
1.1516
d e
USD GBP 1.6156 1.6317
c a
USD JPY 0.008489

e
0.008658
A
USD SGD 0.56969

c l 0.57538

r a
6. When you have finished entering the rates, click Save and click OK.
7. Click Close.
O ly
Refreshing the Essbase Databases
l & On
n a e
1. Select Administration > Manage Database.

t e r U s
The Manage Database window is displayed.

I n
2. Select Database, and clear the Security Filters check box.

l e
3. Click Refresh to update the Essbase databases.

c
a
4. At the Manage Database prompt click Refresh to continue.
r
O The database update may take a few moments.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 171


Lesson 12 Setting Up Exchange Rates
Solutions

5. When the process is complete, click Finish.


6. Select Administration > Manage Currency Conversion.
7. In the Name text box, enter PlanCurB and click Next.
8. On the Details tab, select the following members:

Field Value
Currency USD, EUR
Scenario Actual, Budget, Forecast
Version Type Bottom-up
Version Draft 1, Draft 2, Final, Working,
Scratch

9. Click Save and click Create New.


10. In the Name text box, enter PlanCurT and click Next.
11. On the Details tab, select the following members:

Field Value
m y
Currency
Scenario
USD, EUR
Actual, Budget, Forecast
d e
Version Type Target
c a
Version Target

e A
12. Click Save.
c l
r a
13. Close the Finbud application by right-clicking on the Finbud tab and selecting Close.
O ly
& On
Verifying Currency Calculation Scripts in Essbase
l
a e
1. In the Planning folder on the Windows desktop, double-click Start Administration

n
Services Console.

t e r U s
2. From the Administration Server drop-down list, select the win2k3ent server.

I n
3. Enter the user name trnadmin and password hyperion and click OK.

c l e
r a
O
172 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 12 Setting Up Exchange Rates
Solutions

4. Expand the following nodes:


Essbase Servers
localhost
Applications
Finbud
Incstmt
Calculation Scripts
The PlanCurB and PlanCurT calculation scripts are in the list. These calculation
scripts were created during the database refresh.
5. Exit Essbase Administration Services.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 173
Lesson 14 Loading Data
Solutions

Lesson 14 Loading Data

Solution 14.1 Loading Data into Planning


In this exercise, you load data for the Actual scenario for 2008 and for the Budget
scenario for 2009.

Accessing Essbase Administration Ser vices Console


1. From the Planning folder on the desktop, double-click Start Administration Services
Console.
2. From the Administration Server drop-down list, select the win2k3ent server.
3. Enter the user name trnadmin and the password hyperion and click OK.
4. Expand the following nodes:
Essbase Servers
localhost
Applications
m y
Finbud
d e
Loading Data c a
e
1. From the Finbud application list, select Incstmt. A
c l
2. From the Actions menu, select Load data for Incstmt.

r a
The Data Load dialog box is displayed.
3. Click Find Data File. O ly
l & On
The Open dialog box is displayed.

n
4. Select the File System tab.a e
t e r U s
5. Browse to C:\CF\PLN_CMA and select the IncData.txt file.
6. Click OK.
I n
c l e
The Data Load dialog box is displayed again.

r a
O
174 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 14 Loading Data
Solutions

7. Click OK.
The Data Load Results window is displayed and indicates whether the file
loaded with no errors.
8. Click Close.
9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 to load BalData.txt into the Balsheet database.

Solution 14.2 Loading Data Using Essbase Load Rules


In this exercise, you load data for the Incstmt database using a load rule.

Creating Load Rules


1. From the Finbud application list, expand Incstmt.
2. Select Incstmt.
3. From the Actions menu, select Create > Rules file for Incstmt.
The Data Prep Editor window is displayed.
4. From the Options menu, select Associate outline.
m y
d e
By associating a load rule with an outline, you define what dimension structure
Essbase Administration Services uses.
ca
5. In the Associate Outline dialog box, select the following:

e A
Component
l
Selection
c
Server
Application r a
localhost
Finbud
Database O ly
Incstmt

l & On
6. Click OK.

n a e
e r s
Opening a File Within the Load Rule
t U
I n
1. From the File menu, select Open data file.

l e
2. Select the File System tab.

c
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 175
Lesson 14 Loading Data
Solutions

3. Browse to and open the C:\CF\PLN_CMA\Michigan.txt file and click OK.


The top half of the Data Prep Editor displays records from the data load file. The
bottom half shows what the source information looks like after applying various
rules.
Notice the following points in the data load file:
The first row of the data file contains the dimension or member name.
The first column contains the years 2009 and 2008. You need to change
2009 to FY09 and 2008 to FY08 in the load rule.
The fourth column contains data that you do not need to load into the
application.
The sixth column contains the entity 210-MICH, which you need to
change to 210 in the load rule.

Setting up the Header and Replacing Members


1. From the Options menu, select Data source properties.
2. Select the Header tab.

m y
e
3. In the Record containing data load field names field, enter 1 and click OK.

d
4. Select the Year (Field 1) column.
5. From the Field menu, select Properties.
c a
e A
The Field Properties dialog box is displayed with the Global Properties tab
selected.
c l
r a
6. In the Replace field box, enter 2008, and in the With text box, enter FY08.

O ly
7. Select the Replace All Occurrences check box.
8. Click New.
l & On
a e
9. In the Replace text box, enter 2009, and in the With text box, enter FY09.

n
t e r U s
10. Select the Replace All Occurrences check box.
11. Click OK.
I n
In the bottom half of the screen, 2009 is replaced with FY09 and 2008 is

c l e
replaced with FY08.

r a
O
176 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 14 Loading Data
Solutions

Setting up Columns for Importing


1. Select the Area (Field4) column.
2. From the Field menu, select Properties.
The Field Properties box is displayed.
3. Select the Data Load Properties tab.
4. Scroll down and select the Ignore field during data load check box and click OK.
In the bottom half of the screen, the Area column is not selectable.
5. Select the Entity (Field6) column.
6. From the Field menu, select Properties.
The Field Properties box is displayed.
7. In the Replace text box, enter -MICH; leave the With text box blank.
8. Select the Replace All Occurrences check box and click OK.
In the bottom half of the screen, -MICH is removed from the Entity column.
9. From the File menu, select Save.
m y
10. With the Essbase Server tab selected, enter the file name MichLoad.
d e
and click OK.
c a
11. Verify that the application Finbud is selected and that the database Incstmt is selected,

12. Close the Data Prep Editor window.


e A
c l
Loading Data Using Load Rules
r a
1. Right-click Incstmt and select Load data.
O ly
2. Click Find Data File.
3. Select the File System tab.
l & On
n a e
5. Click OK.
t e r
4. Browse to C:\CF\PLN_CMA and select the Michigan.txt file.

U s
I n
The Data Load dialog box is displayed.

l e
6. Click Find Rules File.
c
a
7. On the Essbase Server tab, select MichLoad.rul and click OK.
r
O The Data Load screen is displayed.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 177


Lesson 14 Loading Data
Solutions

8. Change the name of the error file to C:\CF\PLN_CMA\MichLoad.err and press <enter>.
9. Click OK.
10. Do one of the following:
If the Data Load Completed window is displayed, indicating that the file loaded with
no errors, click Close.
If errors occur, check the error log file; then modify the load rules accordingly and
try loading the file again.

Calculating the Essbase Administration Ser vices Databases


1. With the Finbud:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select
Execute calculation for Incstmt.
2. From the Calculation Script list, select HspCRtB to run the copy exchange rates for the
bottom-up versions calculation script and click OK.
3. With the Finbud:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select
Execute calculation for Incstmt.

target versions calculation script and click OK.


m y
4. From the Calculation Script list, select HspCRtT to run the copy exchange rates for the

d e
5. With the Finbud:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select
Execute calculation for Incstmt.

c a
the bottom-up versions calculation script and click OK.
e A
6. From the Calculation Script list, select PlanCurB to run the copy exchange rates for

c l
7. With the Finbud:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select

a
Execute calculation for Incstmt.
r
O ly
8. From the Calculation Script list, select PlanCurT to run the copy exchange rates for
the target versions calculation script and click OK.

l & On
9. With the Finbud:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select

a e
Execute calculation for Incstmt.
n
t e r U s
10. From the Calculation Script list, select (default) to run the default CALC ALL
calculation script and click OK.

I n
11. Repeat steps 1 through10 to calculate the Finbud:Balsheet database.

l e
12. Exit Essbase Administration Services.
c
r a
O
178 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 15 Provisioning Users and Groups
Solutions

Lesson 15 Provisioning Users and Groups

Solution 15.1 Provisioning Planning Users and Groups


In this exercise, you provision users and groups for the Finbud application in Shared
Services Console. You also verify that the users were provisioned with the correct roles.
You should be logged on to Shared Services as user trnadmin.

Provisioning Users
1. From the Planning folder on the desktop, double-click Shared Services Console.
2. Enter the user name trnadmin and the password hyperion and click Log On.
3. In the view pane, expand Shared Services > User Directories > Native Directory.
The Users, Groups, and Roles nodes are displayed.
4. Select the Users node.
The Enter search criteria to begin window is displayed.
5. Click Search.
m y
A list of existing users is displayed.
d e
6. Right-click Kreilly and select Provision.
c a
The Provision Users or Groups window is displayed.

e A
l
7. In Available Roles, expand Planning Training Applications > Finbud.
c
The user roles are displayed.
r a
8. Select Planner and click Add.
O ly
& On
The Planner role is now displayed in the Selected Roles pane.
l
9. Click Save.

n a e
t e r U s
The status message The following user(s) /group(s) were successfully
provisioned to the following applications: is displayed.
10. Click OK.
I n
l e
11. Repeat steps 4 through 10 to provision user Mwoo as a Planner.
c
r a
12. Repeat steps 4 through 8 to provision Rjackson with Interactive User and Mass
Allocation roles.
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 179
Lesson 15 Provisioning Users and Groups
Solutions

13. In the Available Roles box for Rjackson, expand Hyperion System 9 BI+:<win2k3ent>.
14. Verify that Rjackson has the Interactive Reporting Viewer role.
15. Click Save.
The status message The following user(s) /group(s) were successfully
provisioned to the following applications: is displayed.
16. Click OK.

Provisioning Groups
1. From Shared Services Console, expand User Directories > Native Directory.
The Users, Groups, and Roles nodes are displayed.
2. Select the Groups node.
The Enter search criteria to begin window is displayed.
3. Click Search.
A list of existing groups is displayed.
4. Right-click PlanIU_NA and select Provision.
m y
The Provision Users or Groups window is displayed.
d e
5. In Select Roles, expand Planning Training Applications > Finbud.
c a
The user roles are displayed.

e A
6. Select Interactive User and click Add.

c l
a
The Interactive User role is now displayed in the Selected Roles pane.
r
7. Click Save.
O ly
l & On
The status message The following user(s) /group(s) were successfully
provisioned to the following applications: is displayed.
8. Click OK.
n a e
e r s
9. Repeat steps 4 through 8 to provision the following groups.
t U
Group
I n Role

l e
PlanIU_Europe

c
Interactive User

r a PlanIU_PacRim
PlanIU_All
Interactive User
Interactive User

O
180 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 15 Provisioning Users and Groups
Solutions

Group Role
Planners_NA Planner
Planners_Europe Planner
Planners_PacRim Planner
Planners_All Planner
PlanViewers_All View User
PlanAdmins Provisioning Manager,
Administrator, Manage
Models, Mass Allocation

Verifying User Provisioning


1. From Shared Services Console, expand User Directories > Native Directory and select
Users.
2. Select Administration > View Report.
The View Report window is displayed.
3. Make the following selections and click Create Report.

m y
Field
Find all
Value
Roles
d e
For Users
c a
Filter By *

e A
Show effective roles Yes

c l
Group by
In Application r a
Application
Finbud

O ly
The report is displayed.
l & On
a e
4. Verify that the users and groups have been assigned the correct roles.

n
t e r U s
5. Select File > exit and click Yes.

I n
Logging On to Performance Management Architect

l e
1. In the Planning folder, double-click the Workspace icon.

c
a
2. Log on as trnadmin with hyperion as the password.
r
O 3. Click Log On.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 181


Lesson 15 Provisioning Users and Groups
Solutions

Setting Up the Application for All Users


1. In Workspace, select Navigate > Applications > Planning > finbud.
2. Select Administration > Application Settings.
The System Settings page is displayed.
3. From the Enable Use of the Application drop-down list, select All Users.
4. Click Save.

Logging on as Other Users


1. Log onto Workspace with the user name Kreilly and the password hyperion.
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
Because Kreilly is a planner, the Administration menu is not displayed.
3. Select File > LogOff and click Yes to end the session.
4. Log onto Workspace with the user name Rjackson and the password hyperion.
5. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.

m
Because Rjackson is an interactive user, the Administration menu is displayed,
y
but the only some selections are available such as Manage Data Forms,
Manage Task Lists, and Manage User Variables. d e
6. Select File > LogOff and click Yes to end the session.
c a
A
7. Log onto Workspace with the user name trnadmin and the password hyperion.
e
c l
8. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.

r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
182 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications
Solutions

Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning


Applications

Solution 16.1 Setting Up Dimension Access


In this exercise, you assign access rights to scenarios and entities in the Dimension
Editor. This exercise begins in Planning. You should be logged on to the Finbud
application as the trnadmin user.

Assigning Access to Scenarios


1. From Planning, select Administration > Dimensions.
The dimension editor is displayed.
2. From the Dimensions drop-down list, select Scenario.
3. Select the Actual scenario and click Assign Access.
The Assign Access for Actual dialog box is displayed.
4. Click Add Access.
m y
5. Select Groups.
d e
6. Select the PlanIU_All and Planners_All groups.
c a
7. For Type of Access, select Write and click Add.

e A
l
PlanIU_All and Planners_All groups now have Write access to the Actual
c
scenario member.
r a
TIP
O ly
If you do not see any users or groups in the selection list, click Migrate Identities to
sync the users and groups.
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
8. Select the PlanViewers_All group, leave Type of Access as Read, and click Add.

9. Click Close. I n
The PlanViews_All group now has Read access to the Actual scenario member.

c l e
10. Click Close to return to the dimension editor.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 183
Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications
Solutions

11. In the Security column for the Actual scenario, click View.
The access for this member is displayed.
12. Click Close.

Assigning Access to Entities


1. From the Dimensions drop-down list, select Entity.
2. Select the Worldwide entity and click Assign Access.
3. In the Assign Access for Worldwide dialog box, click Add Access.
4. Select the users MWoo and Rjackson; for Type of Access, select Read; and verify that
Member is selected from the inheritance option drop-down list.
5. Click Add.
6. Click Close twice to return to the dimension editor.
7. Select the North America entity and click Assign Access.
8. Click Add Access.

m
9. Select the user Kreilly; for Type of Access, select Write; and from the inheritance y
option drop-down list, select Descendants (inclusive).

d e
10. Click Add.
11. Click Close twice to return to the dimension editor. c a
e A
Assigning Group Access
c l
a
1. Select the Europe entity and click Assign Access.
r
2. Click Add Access.
O ly
l & On
3. Select the groups PlanIU_Europe, and Planners_Europe; for Type of Access, select Write;
and from the inheritance option drop-down list, select Descendants (inclusive).
4. Click Add.
n a e
t e r U s
5. Click Close twice to return to the dimension editor.

I n
6. Select the PacRim entity and click Assign Access.

l e
7. Click Add Access.

c
r a
8. Select the group PlanIU_PacRim; for Type of Access, select Write; and from the
inheritance option drop-down list, select Descendants (inclusive).

O 9. Click Add.

184 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications
Solutions

10. Click Close twice to return to the dimension editor.


11. Select the North America entity and click Assign Access.
12. Click Add Access.
13. Select the group Planners_NA; for Type of Access, select Write; and from the
inheritance option drop-down list, select Descendants (inclusive).
14. Click Add.
15. Click Close twice to return to the dimension editor.

Refreshing Security
1. Select Administration > Manage Database.
The Manage Database window is displayed.
2. Select Security Filters.
3. Click Refresh to update the Essbase databases.
4. At the Manage Database prompt click Refresh to continue.
The database update may take a few moments.
m y
5. When the process is complete, click Finish.
d e
c a
Solution 16.2 Importing Access Rights
e A
c l
In this exercise, you import security access rights for users, groups, and members using
the importsecurity utility and the secfile.txt file. The security access rights import file

r a
must be called Secfile.txt, and it must reside in the

O ly
c:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin folder.

l & On
Modifying the Import Security Access File

n a e
In this part of the exercise, you review and modify the Secfile.txt file.
1. Open Notepad.
t e r U s
I n
2. Open the file C:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin\Secfile.txt.

l e
3. Review the access rights set up in the file for scenarios, versions, accounts,

c
customers, and entities.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 185
Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications
Solutions

4. Each line in the file must be in the following format:


user/group name, member name, access rights, Essbase Services access flags

5. Add the following access rights to the file:


Assign Planners_All and PlanIU_All Write access to the Forecast scenario.
Assign Kreilly Read access to the Final version.
Assign Planners_All and PlanIU_ All Write access to the Saved Assumptions account
and to all descendants of Saved Assumptions.
Assign Mwoo Write access to the Retail customer and to all children of Retail.
Assign Mwoo Write access to the PacRim entity and to all descendants of PacRim.
6. Save the changes to the file and exit Notepad.

Importing the Security Access File


In this part of the exercise, you import security. The importsecurity utility must be run
from the command prompt or from within a batch file.
1. From the Windows desktop, select Start > Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
m y
2. At the command prompt, enter CD\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin and press Enter.

d e
The current folder is changed to the bin folder.

c a
3. At the command prompt, enter ImportSecurity.cmd finbud,trnadmin,hyperion and press
Enter.
e A
4. Enter a password of hyperion.
c l
r a
If errors occurred in the file, correct them in Secfile.txt and run the import again.

O ly
The following list shows some common errors:

& On
Record not processed - PlanIU_All,Actuals,Read,member - invalid member
l
name

n a e
Record not processed - Kreily,Final,Read,member - invalid username

t e r U s
Record not processed - Mwoo,Europe,Read,idescendnts - invalid access flag
Record not processed - Rjackson,Worldwide,Read,member - Lower access

I n
right detected for member:Worldwide and User:Rjackson

l e
5. Exit Notepad.

c
6. At the command prompt, enter exit and press Enter to close the command prompt

r awindow.

O
186 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 16 Setting Up Access Rights to Planning Applications
Solutions

Viewing Security for Shared Members


1. From Planning, select Administration > Dimensions.
2. Select the Entity dimension.
3. Verify the security.
When security was imported, no direct access was given to Mwoo for the 200 -
Illinois member.
4. Expand the Headquarters entity down to its descendants.
5. Select the 200(Shared) entity and note that no access has been assigned directly to it.
6. For the Headquarters entity, in the Security column click View.
Mwoo has Read access to the member and its descendants. Therefore, Mwoo
has Read access to the HQ-US member and the 200(Shared) member, and
access to 200-Illinois under the Central region.
7. Click Close to close the Assign Access for Headquarters window.

Generating Security Filters for All Users


1. From Planning, select Administration > Manage Database.
m y
The Manage Database window is displayed.
d e
c a
2. Select the Database, Security Filters, and Shared Members check boxes and click Refresh.
3. Click Refresh.

e A
4. Click Finish.
c l
Generating Individual Security Filters r a
O ly
1. Select Administration > Dimensions.

l & On
2. From the Dimensions drop-down list, select Version.

n a e
3. Select Target and click Assign Access.

t e r s
4. Select the Kreilly check box and click Edit Access.
U
I n
5. For Type of Access, select Write and click Set.

l e
6. Click Close.

c
r a
7. Select Administration > Manage Security Filters.
The Manage Security Filters window is displayed.
O 8. Select Kreilly and click Create.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 187


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders

In this exercise, you set up substitution variables for the current year for both the Actual
and Budget scenarios. You then create three folders to store data forms and create data
forms.

Solution 17.1 Creating Data Forms


In this exercise, you define Essbase substitution variables for the current year for both
the Actual and Budget scenarios. You then create three folders to store forms and create
several forms. You add dynamic rows and make part of the data form read-only.

Setting Up Substitution Variables


1. From the Planning folder, double-click Start Administration Services Console.
2. From the Administration Server drop-down list, select the win2k3ent server, enter the
user name trnadmin and the password hyperion, and click OK.
3. Expand the following nodes:
m y
Essbase Servers
d e
localhost
c a
4. Right-click localhost and select Create > Variable.

e A
l
The New Variable dialog box is displayed.

c
a
5. Enter or verify the following information and click OK.

r
Field Value
O ly
Essbase Server
Application Finbud
l & On
localhost

Database
n a e
Incstmt
Name
t e r
ActYear
U s
Value
I n FY08

l e
6. Right-click localhost and select Create > Variable.
c
O ra The New Variable dialog box is displayed.

188 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

7. Enter the following information and click OK.

Field Value
Essbase Server localhost
Application Finbud
Database Balsheet
Name ActYear
Value FY08

8. Repeat steps 4 through 7 to create a variable named BudYear with FY09 for the value.
9. Exit Essbase Administration Services.

Creating Folders
NOTE
This exercise assumes that you are logged on to the Finbud application in
Planning. Log on as user trnadmin with password hyperion.

m y
1. In Planning, select Administration > Manage Data Forms.

d e
The Data Form Management page is displayed.
2. In the Data Form Folders window on the left, click Create. c a
e
The Explorer User Prompt dialog box is displayed. A
c l
3. For the name of the new folder, enter Income Statement and click OK.

r a
4. In the Data Form Folders window, click Create.
O ly
5. For the name of the new folder, enter Verify BR and click OK.

l & On
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to add another form folder named Target Setting.

n a e
Creating Data Forms

t e r U s
1. In the Data Form Folders frame, expand the Forms folder and select the Verify BR
folder.
I n
l e
2. In the Data Form frame, click Create.
c
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 189
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

3. On the Properties tab, enter the following specifications for the data form:

Field Value
Data Form Verify App
Description Verify application formulas and aggregations
Plan Type Incstmt

4. Click Next to proceed to the Row/Column Layout tab.


5. From the Column Dimension drop-down list, select the Period dimension.
6. For the members, select YearTotal Descendants(inc), click Add, and click Submit.
7. In the column properties area, select to display the column width as Small.
8. From the Row Dimension drop-down list, select the Account dimension.
9. In the Members field, select IDescendants(IBT),Children(Saved
Assumptions),Descendants(Client Information) and click Add.
10. In the Members field, select Net Income, and click Add.
11. For Account Dimension Properties, select the Member Name, Member Alias, and Start
Expanded check boxes and click Submit. m y
12. Click Next to proceed to the Page/Point of View Layout tab.
d e
c a
13. In the Page Dimension(s) area, click Add Dimension twice for a total of five
dimensions.

e A
l
14. In the Page Dimension(s) area, select the following dimensions and members:
c
Dimension
r
Membera
Entity
O ly
Descendants of North America,

l & On
UK including children,
Japan including children.
Customer
n a e
All customers and their descendants
Scenario
t e r U s
Budget, Actual
Version
Year I n Working, Draft 1, Draft 2, Final
&BudYear, &ActYear

c l e
a
15. In the Page Properties area, select to display Alias.
r
O16. In the Point of View Dimension(s) area, for the Currency dimension, select Local.

190 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

17. Clear the Visible check box.


18. Click Next to proceed to the Other Options tab.
19. In the Precision area, select 2 decimal places for all of the values in both minimum
and maximum.
20. In the Display Properties area, select the Display missing values as blank, Enable account
annotations, Enable Grid Spread, and Enable Cell-Level Document check boxes.
21. In Smart View options, select Enable for Smart Slice and Enable Offline Usage.
22. Preview the data form and click Save.
The Data form has been saved dialog box is displayed.
23. Click OK.

Solution 17.2 Optional: Creating Asymmetric Forms

Creating Forms
1. In the Data Form Folders column, expand the Forms folder and select the Income
m y
Statement folder.
2. In the Data Form window, click Create.
d e
The Create window is displayed.
c a
A
3. On the Properties tab, enter the following specifications for the data form:
e
c l
Field
Data Form
r a
Value
Act - Bud Expenses
Description
O ly
Asymmetric Form for Actual Final/Budget Draft 1

Plan Type
l & On
Expenses
IncStmt

n a e
t e r U s
4. Click Next to proceed to the Row/Column Layout tab.

I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 191
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

Assigning Dimensions to Forms


1. In the Column Dimension(s) section, click Add Dimension twice, for a total of four
dimensions in the columns.
2. Enter the following dimensions and members for the columns:

Field Value
Scenario Actual
Version Final
Year &ActYear
Period Children of Q1

3. Click Add Column to add another column with different member selections.
4. In the Additional Column Definition dialog box, enter the following dimensions and
members:

Field Value
Scenario
Version
Budget
Draft 1
m y
Year &BudYear
d e
Period Children of Q1
c a
5. Click Submit.
e A
c l
The first column definition is displayed. Next to the Add Column button, there is
now an Edit Columns button.
r a
6. Click Edit Columns.
O ly
delete columns 1 and 2.
l & On
The Edit Column Definitions dialog box is displayed, in which you can edit or

n a e
7. Do not make any changes, and click Return to Data Form Layout.

t e r U s
8. In the column Properties area, select Size-to-Fit for the column width; leave the default

n
selections for all of the dimension properties.
I
c l e
9. In the Row Dimension(s) area, select Account.
10. For the members of the Account dimension, select Children (inc) of Tot Exp.

r a
11. In Dimension Properties for Account, perform the following actions:

O
192 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

Clear Member Name.


Select Member Alias and Start expanded.
Click Submit.
12. In the row Properties area, select Allow users to dynamically add rows.
13. Click Next to proceed to the Page/Point of View Layout tab.
14. In the Page Dimension(s) area, select the Entity dimension and Children of South for
the members.
15. In the Page Properties area, select Alias.
16. In the Point of View Dimension(s) area, enter the following dimensions and
members:

Dimension Value
Currency Local
Customer No Customer

17. Click Next to proceed to the Other Options tab.

m y
18. In the Display Properties area, select Display missing values as blank.

d e
19. Click Next twice to proceed to the Preview tab.
20. Preview the data form, click Save, and click OK.
c a
e A
Reviewing Data Forms
c l
a
1. In the view pane, select the Income Statement folder.
r
O ly
2. Select the Act - Bud Expenses data form.
3. Review the page members.

l & On
a e
For Entity, the children of South should be available.

n
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 193
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

4. From the Page drop-down list, select the Texas entity and click Go.
Notice that the level 0 expense accounts add up to Total Expenses, as defined
in the application.

m y
d e
c a
Changing the Actual Scenario to Read-Only

e A
l
1. In Workspace, select Navigate > Administer > Application Library.
c
a
2. Right-click Finbud and select Edit.
r
O ly
3. Expand Finbud and Scenario and select Actual.

l & On
4. From the Start Period field, click (ellipsis).

a e
5. Expand Yeartotal and Q2, select Apr, and click OK.

n
t e r
Mar are now read-only.
U s
The Actual scenario is now available for input starting in April. Jan, Feb, and

6. Click Save.
I n
l e
7. In Application Library, right-click Finbud and select Deploy > Application (v).

c
r a
O
194 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

8. In the Deploy dialog box, enter the following information:

Instance Name Planning


Web Server win2k3ent
Application Server Planning
Shared Services Project Planning Training Applications
Data Source Finbud
Refresh Outline Selected

9. Make sure that the following check boxes are cleared:


Create Outline
Create Security Filters
Shared Members Security Filters
Validate Security Filter Limit
10. Click Deploy.
11. In the Job Task dialog box, click the Click here to navigate to jobs link.
m y
Library Job Console is displayed.
d e
Status area displays 100%. c a
12. In Library Job Console, select View > Refresh to verify that Progress Status in the

e
13. Navigate to Application Library, and select View > Refresh. A
c l
14. In Planning, in the navigation frame, select the Income Statement folder and click the Act

r
- Bud Expenses data form to open it.
a
O ly
The Actual columns for Jan, Feb, and Mar are shaded, indicating read-only
values.

l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 195
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

Solution 17.3 Creating Composite Data Forms


In this exercise, you create a composite data form so that you can view information at
both a summarized and a detailed level.

Adding Smart Lists and Non-currency Values to Data Forms


Create a data form called Customer Sales Detailed. Create a second data form, to show
summarized information and call form Customer Sales Summary.
Finally, create a composite form that shows the two forms that you just created. Call the
composite data form Customer Sales Info.
Follow the instructions to create these forms.

Creating a Detailed Data Form


1. In Planning, select Administration > Manage Data Forms.
2. In the Data Form Folders column, expand the Forms folder and select the Income
Statement folder.
3. In the Data Form window, click Create.

m y
The Create window is displayed.

d e
4. On the Properties tab, enter the following specifications for the data form:

c a
Field
Data Form
Value

e
Customer Sales Detailed A
Description
c l
Customer Sales information by account
Plan Type
r a
IncStmt

O ly
5. Click Next to proceed to the Row/Column Layout tab.

l & On
Assigning Dimensions to Forms
n a e
t e r U s
1. Enter the following dimensions and members for the columns:

Field
I n Value
Period

c l e Descendants inclusive of YearTotal

a
2. In the Row Dimension(s) area, select Customer.
r
O 3. For the members of the Customer dimension, select Children of National Accounts.

196 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

4. In the Row Dimension(s) area, select Account. For the members of the Account
dimension, select Children inclusive of 4000 (Trade Sales). Select the following accounts
to include on the data form: 6060, 6070, and 6080.
5. In Dimension Properties for Account, perform the following actions:
Select Member Alias.
Click Submit.
6. Click Next to proceed to the Page/Point of View Layout tab.
7. In the Page Dimension(s) area, select the Entity dimension and Idescendants of North
America for the members.
8. In the Page Properties area, select Alias.
9. In the Point of View Dimension(s) area, enter the following dimensions and
members:

Dimension Value
Currency Local
Scenario
Version
Budget
Draft 1
m y
Year FY09
d e
10. Click Next to proceed to the Other Options tab. c a
e A
11. In the Display Properties area, select Display missing values as blank.

c l
12. Click Next twice to proceed to the Preview tab.

r a
13. Preview the data form, click Save, and click OK.

O ly
Creating a Summar y Data Form
l & On
Statement folder.
n a e
1. In the Data Form Folders column, expand the Forms folder and select the Income

t e r U s
2. In the Data Form window, click Create.

I n
The Create window is displayed.

l e
3. On the Properties tab, enter the following specifications for the data form:

c
Ora Field
Data Form
Value
Customer Sales Summary

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 197


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

Description Customer Sales information


Plan Type IncStmt

4. Click Next to proceed to the Row/Column Layout tab.

Assigning Dimensions to Forms


1. Enter the following dimensions and members for the columns:

Field Value
Period descendants inclusive of
YearTotal

2. In the Row Dimension(s) area, select Customer.


3. For the members of the Customer dimension, select Children of National Accounts.
4. In the Row Dimension(s) area, select Account. For the member of the Account
dimension, select 4000 and 4200.
5. In Dimension Properties for Account, perform the following actions:

m y
Select Member Alias.
Click Submit.
d e
6. Click Next to proceed to the Page/Point of View Layout tab.
c a
A
7. In the Page Dimension(s) area, select the Entity dimension and IDescendants of North
e
America for the members.
c l
a
8. In the Page Properties area, select Alias.
r
O ly
9. In the Point of View Dimension(s) area, enter the following dimensions and
members:

l & On
Dimension Value

n a e
Currency
Scenario
t e r
Local
Budget
U s
Version
I n Draft 1
Year

c l e FY09

r a
10. Click Next to proceed to the Other Options tab.

O11. In the Display Properties area, select Display missing values as blank.

198 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

12. Click Next twice to proceed to the Preview tab.


13. Preview the data form, click Save, and click OK.

Creating a Composite Data Form


1. In the Data Form Folders column, expand the Forms folder and select the Income
Statement folder.
2. In the Data Form window, click Create Composite.
The Create window is displayed.
3. On the Properties tab, enter the following specifications for the data form:

Field Value
Data Form Composite Customer Sales
Description Customer Sales
Make data form Not selected
hidden

4. Click Next to proceed to the Row/Column Layout tab.


m y
5. Select Combine POV and Combine Page.
d e
6. In Data Form Layout , select 1 and Columns.

c a
Sales Summary data forms.
e A
7. Select the Income Statement folder, and select the Customer Sales Detailed and Customer

8. Click
c l
(add) to move the forms to Selected Data Forms.

r a
9. Click Next to proceed to the Business Rules tab.
10. Click Save and click OK.
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 199
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

Solution 17.4 Creating Data Forms to Convert Currencies


In this exercise, you create a data form to convert currencies. You place the Currency
dimension in the page area and convert values on the data form.
NOTE
This exercise assumes that you are logged on to the Finbud application in
Planning and are on the Data Form Management page.

Creating Data Forms to Convert Currencies


1. In the Data Form Folders frame, expand Forms and select the Income Statement folder.
2. In the Data Form window, click Create.
3. On the Properties tab, enter the following specifications for the data form:

Field Value
Data Form Convert Currencies
Description
Plan Type
Handling currencies in a data form
Incstmt
m y
4. In the Enter Instructions text box, enter the following text:
d e
c a
To convert values from Local to USD and EUR, select Edit > Launch Rules. Select the

A
Calculate Currencies business rule and click Launch. After the rule runs successfully,

e
refresh the data in the data form.

c l
5. Click Next to proceed to the Row/Column Layout tab.

r a
Assigning Dimensions to Data Forms
O ly
& On
1. For the columns, select the Period dimension; for the members, select Children of Q1.
l
a e
2. In the column Properties area, select Medium for the column width.

n
t e r U s
3. In the Row Dimension(s) area, select the following dimensions and members:

Dimension
I n Values
Entity

c l
Accounte 200, 400, 460, 600
4000-100, 4000-200, 4000-300

r a The selected entities are Illinois, London, Spain, and Tokyo.


O
200 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

4. For Entity Dimension Properties, select Member Alias and Start expanded.
5. For Account Dimension Properties, select Member Name, Member Alias, and Start
expanded.
6. Click Next to proceed to the Page/Point of View Layout tab.
7. In the Page Dimension(s) area, select the following dimensions and members:

Dimension Value
Currency Level 0 descendants of Currency
Customer Level 0 descendants of Customer

8. In the Page Properties area, select Alias.


9. In the Point of View Dimension(s) area, select the following dimensions and
members:

Dimension Value
Scenario Budget
Version Working

m y
Year &BudYear

d e
10. Click Next to proceed to the Other Options tab.
c a
both minimum and maximum.
e A
11. In the Precision area, for Currency values, select 3 to display three decimal places for

c l
12. For Display Properties, clear Display missing values as blank and select Allow multiple
currencies per entity.
r a
O ly
13. Click Next twice to proceed to the Preview tab.

& On
14. Preview the data form, click Save, and click OK.
l
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 201
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

Testing Data Forms


1. From the Navigation frame, expand the Forms folder and select the Income Statement
folder.
2. Click Convert Currencies to open the Convert Currencies data form.
The rows display three sales accounts for Illinois, London, Spain, and Tokyo.
From the Page drop-down list, you can select the currenciesLocal and the
two reporting currencies, USD and EUR. All level 0 customers are available in
the Page drop-down list. Notice that the column for Jan displays #missing for
the data value as well as the Local currency code.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
3. Position the cursor between the Jan and Feb columns and drag the column width out

r a
until you can see #MISSING as well as the currency code.

O ly
4. From the Page drop-down list for the Customer dimension, select Computer Solutions
and click Go.

l & On
n a e
Notice that the column size persists for this session. Dragging the column does
not permanently change the definition of the columns width.

t e r U s
5. In Data Form Management, change Properties for Column Width to Size-to-Fit or

n
Custom and specify the width.
I
c l e
The column width is permanently changed.
6. Open the Convert Currencies data form; from the Page drop-down list select Local

r aand Other Customer, and click Go.

O 7. In Jan, for each of the entities, enter 100 for account 4000-100:Network Sales.

202 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

8. In Feb, enter 200 for each of the entities for the same account.
Notice that the cell background color is changed to indicate that values were
entered but not saved.
9. Click (save).
10. From the Page drop-down list, select USD and click Go.
The data is displayed as #MISSING and is not selectable. The cells are read-
only.
11. Select View > Instructions, view the instructions for Convert Currencies, and click Close.
12. Select Edit > Launch Rules.
The Launch Business Rules dialog box is displayed.
13. Select <Calculate Currencies> and click Launch.
14. When the success message is displayed, close the window.
15. Click (refresh) to refresh the data.
The data on the data form is now displayed in USD. Notice that the London,
Spain, and Tokyo values have been converted from their local currencies to
USD. m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
16. From the Page drop-down list, select EUR and click Go.
17. Review the values that have been converted to euros.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 203
Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

Solution 17.5 Assigning Access to Forms


In this exercise, you assign access to the data forms.

Assigning and Verifying Data Form Access


1. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms.
2. In Data Form Management, select the Verify BR folder and the Verify App data form
and click Assign Access.
3. Click Add Access.
4. Select the Planners_All and PlanIU_All groups, and for Type of Access select Read.
5. Click Add and click Close twice.
6. Log off the application and log back on as user Mwoo with password hyperion.
7. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
8. In the Navigation frame, expand the Forms folder.
9. Select the Verify BR folder and open the Verify App data form.
10. In the Page area, select the drop-down list for the entities.
m y
d e
Notice that descendants of North America are not displayed, because Mwoo

c a
does not have access to those entities. However, UK, Japan, and their children
are available. Mwoo has access to Illinois, entity 200, because mwoo has
access to headquarters and its descendants.

e A
l
11. In the Page area, select the drop-down list for the customers.

c
click Go.
r a
12. In the Page area, select London, Alliance Merchandise, Budget, Draft 1, and FY09 and

O ly
The data form is shaded because Mwoo has inherited Read access for London.

l & On
13. In the Page area, select Tokyo and click Go.

n a e
The data form is available for data entry because Mwoo has inherited Write
access for Tokyo.

t e r U s
I n
14. Log off as mwoo and log on as trnadmin with the password hyperion.
15. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.

c l e
16. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms.

r a
17. From the Income Statement folder, select the Convert Currencies check box to select the

O data form and click Assign Access.

204 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

18. In the Assign Access for Convert Currencies dialog box, click Add Access.
19. In the Users and Groups box, select the user Mwoo.
NOTE
You may need to scroll down to see all of the user names.

20. In the Type of Access area, select Read.


21. Click Add.
Mwoo is assigned Read access. This user can use the data form and change its
design.
22. Click Close twice to return to the Data Form Management window.

Verifying Data Form Access


1. Log off the application and log back on as user Rjackson with password hyperion.
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
Rjackson is an interactive user, and has access to the Administration task
Manage Data Forms.
m y
3. From the Navigation pane, expand the Forms folder.
d e
4. Select the Verify BR folder.
c a
A
The data forms in the Verify BR folder to which Rjackson has access, are listed.

e
l
5. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms.
c
r a
The Data Form Management page is displayed. The data forms that Rjackson
can select and edit are listed.
O ly
l & On
6. Log off the application and log back on as user Mwoo with password hyperion.
7. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.

n a e
t e r
Mwoo is a planner, and does not have access to any administration tasks.

U s
8. From the Navigation pane, expand the Forms folder.

I n
9. Select the Income Statement folder.

c l e
The Convert Currencies data form to which Mwoo has access, is listed.

a
10. Select the Verify BR folder.
r
O The Verify App data form to which Mwoo has access, is listed.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 205


Lesson 17 Creating Data Forms and Folders
Solutions

11. Log off Workspace and log back on as user trnadmin with password hyperion.
12. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.

Reviewing Data Form Definitions


1. Select Administration > Reporting.
2. If necessary, select the Data Forms tab.
3. From the Available Data Forms list, select the Verify App and Convert Currencies data
forms, and click (add) to add them to the Selected Data Forms list.
4. Make sure that Include member selection list is selected.
5. Click Create Report.
6. Review the definition of the data forms, including the access rights that you just
assigned.
7. Close the report.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
206 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms

Solution 18.1 Exporting and Importing Forms


In this exercise, you use the FormDefUtil.cmd utility to export a data form from the
HYPlan application, modify its definition, and import the data form to the Finbud
application. The next step is to modify the data form to add Attribute members and save
it with a new name.
NOTE
This exercise assumes that you are logged on to the Finbud application in
Planning as user trnadmin with password hyperion.

Exporting Data Forms


1. From the Windows desktop, select Start > Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. At the command prompt, enter CD\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin and press Enter.
The current folder is changed to the bin folder.
m y
e
3. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd export Sales Budget vs Target win2k3ent
d
trnadmin HYPlan and press Enter.

c
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd
a
<export> <data form name> <planning server name> <user name>

e A
<application>

c l
4. Enter hyperion for the password.
r a
5. If prompted that the form already exists, enter Y to overwrite the existing form.
O ly
l & On
The following message is displayed: Form exported complete.
6. To confirm the export, enter dir *.xml and press Enter.

n a e
t e r
The Sales Budget vs Target.xml file is displayed.

U s
7. Leave the command prompt window open, but minimize it.

I n
c l e
Reviewing the Data Form Definition and Importing the Data Form
1. Return to the Windows desktop and launch Notepad.

r a
2. Open the C:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin\ Sales Budget vs Target.xml file.

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 207
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

3. Exit Notepad.
4. Return to the command prompt window.

Importing Sales Budget vs Target


1. At the command prompt, ensure that you are in the hyperion\products\Planning\bin
directory. If you are not at the directory, at the command line, type
CD\hyperion\products\Planning\bin and press Enter.
2. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd import Sales Budget vs Target.xml
win2k3ent trnadmin Finbud and press Enter.
The syntax for importing a data form definition file is:
Formdefutil.cmd <import> <file name> <planning server name> <user
name> <application>
3. Enter hyperion for the password.
The following message is displayed: Form imported complete.

y
NOTE
If an error is encountered, check the
C:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin\FormDefUtil.log file.
e m
a d
Exporting Standard Expenses
A c
1. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd export Standard Expenses win2k3ent
trnadmin HYPlan and press Enter.
c l e
r a
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd
<export> <data form name> <planning server name> <user name>
<application>
O ly
l & On
2. Enter hyperion for the password.

a e
3. If prompted that the form already exists, enter Y to overwrite the existing form.
n
e r s
The following message is displayed: Form exported complete.
t U
n
4. To confirm the export, enter dir *.xml and press Enter.
I
c l e
The Standard Expenses.xml file is displayed.

r a
O
208 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

Importing Standard Expenses


1. At the command prompt, ensure that you are in the hyperion\products\Planning\bin
directory. If you are not at the directory, at the command line, type
CD\hyperion\products\Planning\bin and press Enter.
2. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd import Standard Expenses.xml win2k3ent
trnadmin Finbud and press Enter.
The syntax for importing a data form definition file is:
Formdefutil.cmd <import> <file name> <planning server name> <user
name> <application>
3. Enter hyperion for the password.
4. The following message is displayed: Form imported complete.
5. At the command prompt, enter Exit and press Enter.

Verifying Results and Modifying Data Forms


1. Return to the Finbud application in Planning.
2. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms.
m y
3. Select the Target Setting folder.
d e
4. Select the Sales Budget vs Target data form and click Edit.
c a
A
5. Change the description to Trade Sales for NA by Sales Representative and click Next.

e
c l
6. For Row dimensions, replace Entity with Customer, and use the Select Members browse
button to select all Salesrep Attribute Members as follows:

r a
Expand Salesrep and select the Attributes check box.

O ly
Click Add to add the selected members to the Selected Members box.
Click Submit.
l & On
a e
7. Click Next to proceed to the Page/Point of View Layout tab.
n
e r
8. Add Entity to Page Dimensions.
t U s
I n
9. For Entity members, select Children of Central, Children of South, Children of East, and
Children of West and click Submit.

c l e
10. Click Save As and enter Sales Budget vs Target by Salesrep.

r a
11. Click OK twice.

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 209
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

12. Open the Sales Budget vs Target by Sales Rep data form to verify and review your
results.
Notice that the customers associated with each sales rep are automatically
displayed in the rows.

Solution 18.2 Optional: Creating Menus


In this exercise, you create menus that you can use to jump to another planning function.
You create a menu so that business users can jump to a data form to enter headcount
and rates.
NOTE
This exercise assumes that you are logged on to the finbud application in
Planning as user trnadmin with password hyperion.

Creating New Menus


1. Select Administration > Manage Menus.
2. Click Create.
m y
The Script Prompt dialog box is displayed.
d e
3. For the menu name, enter Enter Driver Information and click OK.
c a
4. Select the Enter Driver Information menu and click Edit.

e A
5. Click Add Child.
c l
r a
The Add Menu Item dialog box is displayed.

O ly
6. Enter or select the following values:

Field
l & On
Value
Menu Item
n a e
Drivers
Label
Icon
t e r U s
Enter headcount and rates
Leave blank
Type
I n Data Form

c l e
r a
O
210 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

Required Dimension None


Properties Properties for Data Form
Data Form Folder Verify BR
Data Form Verify App

7. Click Save.
The Edit Menu Item dialog box is closed and the Edit Menu is displayed.
8. Click Save.
9. Click Close.

Associating Custom Menus to Data Forms


1. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms.
2. Expand Forms and select the Income Statement folder.
3. Edit the Standard Expenses data form.
4. On the Other Options tab, from Available Menus, select Enter Driver Information and
add it to Selected Menus.
m y
5. Save the data form, and click OK.
d e
Entering Data in Data Forms by Using Custom Menus
c a
A
1. In the view pane, select the Income Statement folder and open the Standard Expenses
e
data form.
c l
a
2. Right-click in the Account column and select Enter Headcount and Rates.
r
O ly
3. In the Page area, select Wisconsin, No Customer, Budget, Draft 1, and FY09, and click Go.

& On
4. Enter the following data values:

l
Account
a e
Period
n Value
6000:Headcount
6010:T&E Rate
t e r U s
Jan - Mar
Jan - Mar
3
500

I n
6020:Software Rate Jan - Mar 700

c l e
5. Click Save.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 211
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

Solution 18.3 Setting User Preferences


In this exercise, you use the German alias table to view a data form and modify display
options. This exercise begins in Planning. You should be logged on the Finbud
application as user trnadmin.

Exporting the Act-Bud Expenses Data Form from HYPlan


In this portion of the exercise, you export the Act-Bud expenses data form from hyplan so
that you can import it into finbud. However, if you completed the optional exercise to
create the Act-Bud expenses data form, you do not need to do this portion of the
exercise.
1. From the Windows desktop, select Start > Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. At the command prompt, enter CD\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin and press Enter.
The current folder is changed to the bin folder.
3. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd export Act-Bud Expenses win2k3ent
trnadmin HYPlan and press Enter.
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd
<export> <data form name> <planning server name> <user name>
m y
<application>

d e
4. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.

c a
A
TIP
The password is not displayed on the screen.

c l e
r a
5. If prompted that the form already exists, enter Y to overwrite the existing form.

O ly
The following message is displayed: Form exported complete.

& On
6. To confirm the export, enter dir *.xml and press Enter.
l
a e
The Act-Bud Expenses.xml file is displayed.
n
t e r U s
7. Leave the command prompt window open, but minimize it.

I n
c l e
r a
O
212 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

Importing the Act-Bud Expenses Data Form to Finbud


In this portion of the exercise, you import the Act-Bud expenses data form from hyplan
into finbud. However, if you completed the optional exercise to create the Act-Bud
expenses data form, you do not need to do this portion of the exercise.
1. Return to the command prompt window.
2. At the command prompt, ensure that you are in the hyperion\products\Planning\bin
directory. If you are not at the directory, at the command line, type
CD\hyperion\products\Planning\bin and press Enter.
3. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd import Act-Bud Expenses.xml win2k3ent
trnadmin Finbud and press Enter.
The syntax for importing a data form definition file is:
Formdefutil.cmd <import> <file name> <planning server name> <user
name> <application>
4. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
The following message is displayed: Form imported complete.
NOTE
If an error is encountered, check the m y
C:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin\FormDefUtil.log file.
d e
c a
5. At the command prompt, enter Exit and press Enter.

e A
c l
Assigning Data Form Access to Act-Bud Expenses

r a
1. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms.

O ly
2. From the Data Form Folders window, expand Forms and select the Income Statement
folder.

l & On
a e
3. Select the Act - Bud Expenses check box to select the data form and click Assign

n
Access.

t e r U s
4. Click Migrate Identities to ensure that you have the most current user list, and click OK.

I n
5. In the Assign Access for Act-Bud Expenses dialog box, click Add Access.

c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 213
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

6. In the Users and Groups box, select the user Rjackson.


NOTE
You may need to scroll down to see all of the user names.

7. In the Type of Access area, select Write.


8. Click Add.
RJackson is assigned Write access. This user can use the data form and
change its design.
9. Repeat steps 6 through 8 to assign Read access to Kreilly.
Kreilly can view and use the data form, but cannot change its design.
10. Click Close twice to return to the Data Form Management window.

Modifying Alias Tables and Display Options


1. In the Navigation frame, expand the Forms folder.
2. Select the Income Statement folder and select the Act - Bud Expenses data form.

m y
d e
The data form is displayed with the account descriptions from the default alias
table. Values are displayed with a comma for the thousands separator.
3. Select File > Preferences.
c a
4. Select Planning.

e A
l
5. If necessary, select the Application Settings tab.
c
r a
6. From the Alias Table drop-down list, select German.
7. Select the Display Options tab.
O ly
& On
8. Make the following number formatting selections:
l
Field
n a e
Value
Thousands Separator

t e r s
Space

U
Decimal Separator
Negative Sign I n Dot
Parentheses

l e
Negative Color
c Red

r a
9. Click OK.
O
214 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

10. Refresh the Act - Bud Expenses data form.


Verify that the account descriptions have been retrieved from the German alias
table. Verify that a space is displayed for the thousands separator.

m y
d e
11. Select File > Preferences.
c a
12. Select Planning.
e A
c l
13. On the Display Options tab, change all Number Formatting options to Currency Setting.

r a
14. Select the Application Settings tab.

O ly
15. From the Alias Table drop-down list, select Default.
16. Click OK.
l & On
a e
17. Refresh the Act-Bud Expenses data form.
n
t
Managing User Variables e r U s
I n
1. Select Administration > Manage User Variables.

c l e
The Manage User Variables window is displayed.

a
2. Click Add.
r
O The User Variables dialog box is displayed.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 215


Lesson 18 Customizing Data Forms
Solutions

3. From the Dimension Name drop-down list, select Entity.


4. In the User Variable Name text box, enter MyCostCenter.
5. Click OK.
6. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms and expand Forms.
7. From the Target Setting folder, select Sales Budget vs Target and click Edit.
8. Select the Row/Column Layout tab.
9. For the Entity member selection in the rows, remove all selected members and
replace the removed members with IChildren(&MyCostCenter).
10. Save the data form.
11. Select File > Preferences and select Planning.
12. Select the User Variable Options tab.
13. For MyCostCenter, select the East member, click Submit, and click OK.
14. From the Target Setting folder, open the Sales Budget vs Target data form.
Notice that only East and its children are displayed in the rows.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
216 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Solutions

Lesson 19 Entering Data

Solution 19.1 Entering Data and Verifying Application Setup


In this exercise, you use multiple data entry features, including grid spreader, account
annotations, supporting detail. This exercise begins in Planning. You should be logged
on to the Finbud application as user trnadmin.

Entering Data and Verifying Application Setup


1. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
2. In the Verify BR folder, open the Verify App data form.
3. Make the following selections:
In the Page area, select Georgia.
For the customers, select Computer Solutions.
Select the scenario Budget.
Select the version Working.
m y
Select the year FY09.
d e
4. Click Go.
c a
A
5. Enter the data from the following table and note what values are filled in for either the

e
l
corresponding quarter or months, as well as YearTotal.

c
r a
For example, as you enter the values for Jan, Feb, and Mar, what value is
automatically updated in Q1 and in YearTotal? As you enter data in Q2, what

O ly
values are automatically spread to Apr, May, and Jun?

Account Jan
l & On
Feb Mar Q1 Q2
4000-100 100

n a e 150 225 540


4000-200
4100
t e r U s 500
35
600
40
4200-100
I n 261 300

c l e
4200-200 275 330

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 217
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Solutions

6. In the YearTotal column, modify the data: for account 4000-100 enter 1200, and for
account 4000-200 enter 1300.
How does that affect the data in the quarters and months?
7. Click Save.
8. Make the following selections:
In the Page area, select South.
For the customers, select Computer Solutions.
Select the scenario Budget.
Select the version Working.
Select the year FY09.
9. Click Go.
10. Select Edit > Launch Rules.
11. In the Launch Business Rules dialog box, select <Calculate Data Form> and click
Launch.
12. When the success message is displayed, click Close.
m y
13. Click Refresh.
d e
c a
14. Verify that the data aggregated correctly by checking the values in accounts 4000,
4200, and Operating Margin.

e A
Spreading Data Using Grid Spreader
c l
r a
1. Select Georgia from the Pages drop-down list and click Go.

O ly
2. In the content area, select the Q2 cell for Tot Exp: Total Expenses and click Grid Spread.

& On
The Grid Spread dialog box is displayed.
l
a e
3. In the Spread value field, enter 20000 and click Spread.
n
t e r U s
Expense account values are displayed in the data form in yellow cells.

n
4. Click Close and click Save.
I
l e
Performing Analysis Using Flexible Data Entr y
c
a
1. For account name 4000-100, in Jan, enter +25.
r
O The value for Network Sales in January is increased by 25.

218 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 19 Entering Data
Solutions

2. For account name 4100, in Q2, enter %95.


The value for Discounts and Allowances in quarter two is decreased by 5
percent and spread across April, May, and June.
3. For account name 4000-300, in Q1, enter 600.
The value for Computer Sales in the first quarter is spread across January,
February, and March.
4. For account name 4000-300, in February, enter ! to lock the period, and enter 800 in
Q1.
The value for Computer Sales in February remains at 200. The values for
January and March increase to 300 each.
5. Click Save.

Attaching Documents to Cells


1. Make the following selections:
In the Page area, select Colorado.
For the customers, select No Customer.
m y
Select the scenario Budget.
d e
Select the version Draft 2.
c a
Select the year FY09.

e A
2. Click Go.

c l
4. Select Add/Edit Document. r a
3. Right-click in the upper left corner of the cell for account 6080 and Jan.

O ly
l & On
The Add/Edit Document dialog box is displayed.
5. Click the Browse to Workspace icon.

n a e
t e r
The Select dialog box is displayed.

U s
6. For type, select All Files and then select SampleContactList and click OK to return to

I n
the Add/Edit Document dialog box.

l e
7. Click Submit.

c You return to the Planning data form and the cell is now tagged with a triangle.

r a
8. Click Save.
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 219
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Solutions

9. Make the following selections:


In the Page area, select Georgia.
For the customers, select Computer Solutions.
Select the scenario Budget.
Select the version Working.
Select the year FY09.
10. Click Go.
11. Right-click in the upper left corner of the cell for account 4000-100 and Jan.
12. Select Add/Edit Document.
The Add/Edit Document dialog box is displayed.
13. Click the Browse to Workspace icon.
The Select dialog box is displayed.
14. For type, select All Files and then select SampleCellAttachment and click OK to return to
the Add/Edit Document dialog box.

m y
15. Click Submit.

d e
You return to the Planning data form and the cell is now tagged with a paperclip.
16. Click Save.
c a
e A
Adding Account Annotations
c l
r a
1. For any of the accounts, enter an annotation of your choice; for example, for account
4000-100, enter Need to increase by 5% as follows:

O ly
Select View >Edit Account Annotations.

l & On
On the data form in the Account column to the right of an account, enter an
annotation.
n a e
Click Save.

t e r U s
I n
2. Select View > View Account Annotations.
Scroll to the right of the account labels to see the account annotation.

c l e
r a
O
220 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Solutions

Entering Supporting Detail


1. Select the cells for expense account 5240:Travel Other for Jan, Feb, and Mar.
2. Select Edit > Supporting Detail.
The Supporting Detail window is displayed with a single row with the heading
Untitled.
3. Replace the text Untitled with Travel Expense Itemization.
4. Add the following children and data values:

Account Aggregation Jan Feb Mar


Hotel + 600 500 650
Meals + 160 160 160
Car Rental + 230 210 230

The totals are calculated automatically.


5. Click Save.
The Supporting Detail window closes and the data form is refreshed. The total
m y
is displayed for the Travel Other account. The cells are shaded to indicate that

d e
they contain supporting detail and that the summary period, Q1, is read-only.

Adding a Calculation and Duplicating a Row


c a
A
1. Select the cells for account 5240:Travel Other for Jan, Feb, and Mar.
e
2. Select Edit > Supporting Detail.
c l
r a
3. Select the Meals label and click Delete.

O ly
4. Add the following children and data values for Hotel:

Account Aggregation
l & On Jan Feb Mar
Hotel +
n a e
Daily Rate +

t e r U s 150 150 150


Number of
Days
I n
* 4 7 5

c l e
Be sure to set the aggregation for Number of Days to multiplication by selecting

r a an asterisk (*). The value of Hotel is calculated.

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 221
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Solutions

5. Select Hotel and click Duplicate Row.


If a row has children, its children are also duplicated.
6. Change the heading of the second Hotel label to Meals.
7. For Meals, change the Daily Rate to 50.
The new value of Meals is calculated.

m y
d e
8. Click Save.
c a
travel expense totals.
e A
The Verify App data form is displayed. Travel Other is displayed with the new

c l
Solution 19.2 r a
Verifying the Net Inc Formula
O ly
In this exercise, you create a data form to verify data in the Net Inc account. In an earlier
& On
exercise, a formula was defined for this account using the @XREF function to retrieve
l
a e
Net Income, All Customers data from the Incstmt database.

n
t e r s
Next, you create a composite data form that contains the Verify Net Inc and Verify App
data forms. You use this composite data form to verify that the Net Inc Balsheet plan data
U
n
for Georgia (Jan, Feb, Mar) ties to the Net Income values in the Incstmt plan.
I
c l e
r a
O
222 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Solutions

Creating a Data Form


1. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms.
2. Select the Verify BR folder and create a new data form with the following
specifications:

Field Value
Data Form Verify Net Inc
Description Verify the XREF formula for the Net Inc account
Plan Types Balsheet

3. Click Next to proceed to the Row/Column Layout tab.


4. In the Column Dimension(s) area, select the Period dimension.
5. For the members, select Q1 and its children.
6. In the Column Properties area, select Small for the column width.
7. In the Row Dimensions area, select the Entity dimension. For the members of the
Entity dimension, select South and its children.

m y
8. For the Entity dimension properties, select to display Member Name, Member Alias, and
Start Expanded.
d e
9. Click Next to proceed to the Page/Point of View Layout tab.
c a
10. Leave the Page Dimension(s) area blank.

e A
members:
c l
11. In the Point of View Dimension(s) area, select the following dimensions and

r a
Dimension
Account O ly
Member
Net Inc
Currency
l & On
Local
Scenario
n a e Budget
Version

t e r U sDraft 1
Year

I n &BudYear

l e
12. Save the data form.

c
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 223
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Solutions

Creating a Composite Data Form


1. In the Data Form Folders column, expand the Forms folder and select the Verify BR
folder.
2. In the Data Form window, click Create Composite.
The Create window is displayed.
3. On the Properties tab, enter the following specifications for the data form:

Field Value
Data Form Composite Verify App
Description Verify application formulas and aggregations
Make data form Not selected
hidden

4. Click Next to proceed to the Row/Column Layout tab.


5. Clear Combine POV and Combine Page.
6. In Data Form Layout , select 1 and Columns.
7. Select the Verify BR folder and select the Verify App and Verify Net Inc data forms.
m y
8. Click Add to move the forms to Selected Data Forms.
d e
9. Click Next to proceed to the Business Rules tab.
c a
10. Click Save and click OK.

e A
Verifying Net Inc Values
c l
r a
1. In the View pane, select the Verify BR folder and select Composite Verify App data form
to open it.
O ly
& On
2. From the POV, select South, All Customers, Budget, Draft 1, FY09, and click Go.
l
a e
Verify that the Net Inc values in the Balsheet plan for South for Jan, Feb, and
n
t e r U s
March tie to the Net Income values in the Incstmt plan.

I n
c l e
r a
O
224 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 19 Entering Data
Solutions

Solution 19.3 Entering Data Using Smart Lists


In this exercise, you assign the Bronze service level data to account 6060 through a
smart list drop-down.
1. In the view pane, select the Verify BR folder and open the Verify App data form.
2. In the POV, select Georgia, Best Bargains, Budget, Draft 1, FY09 and click Go.
3. Click in the cell for Jan and account 6060.
4. From the drop-down list, select Bronze.
5. Select the value Bronze in the Jan cell for account 6060, and select Edit > Copy.
6. Select Feb through Dec cells for account 6060, and select Edit > Paste.
7. Double-click in the cell for Jan and account 6070.
The Select Calendar Date dialog box is displayed.
8. Use the Select Calendar Date dialog box to insert Jan 1, 2008 into the Jan cell for
account 6070.
9. For 01/01/2008 select Edit > Copy.
10. Select Feb through Dec cells for account 6070, and select Edit > Paste.
m y
11. Click in the cell for Jan and account 6080.
d e
12. Enter Mike Richards.
c a
13. For Mike Richards select Edit > Copy.

e A
l
14. Select Feb through Dec cells for account 6080, and select Edit > Paste.
c
15. Click Save.
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 225
Lesson 20 Entering Data in Smart View
Solutions

Lesson 20 Entering Data in Smart View

Solution 20.1 Using Smart View to Enter Data


In this exercise, you first establish a connection to the Finbud application from Smart
View. You enter and modify data values while online.

Establishing a Data Source Connection


1. On the Windows desktop, open Excel.
2. From the Excel menu bar, select Hyperion > Data Source Manager.
The Smart View Data Source Manager dialog box is displayed.
3. Click Connect to Provider Services.
4. From Favorites, ensure that All is selected.
5. Expand Oracle Hyperion Planning> TRNADMIN.
6. In the Username text box, enter trnadmin.

m y
7. In the Password text box, enter hyperion and click Connect.

d e
8. Expand Finbud > Forms > Verify BR
9. Right-click Verify App and click Open Form.
c a
e A
Entering Data
c l
a
1. Select Hyperion > Forms > Select Form.
r
O ly
The Select Form dialog box is displayed.

& On
2. Select the Verify BR folder, select the Verify App data form, and click OK.

l
a e
3. Make the following Page selections and click Refresh:

n
Dimension
Entity
t e r U s Member
Kyoto
Customer
I n PacRim Distributors

l e
Scenario
c
Budget

r a Version
Year
Draft 1
FY09
O
226 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 20 Entering Data in Smart View
Solutions

4. Enter the following data and note what values are filled in for either the
corresponding quarter or months, as well as YearTotal:

Account Jan Feb Mar Q1


5230 1000 1500 2000
5240 8000
5310 6000

5. Select Jan, Feb, and Mar for account 5130 (Advertising Expense) and select Hyperion >
Supporting Details.
The Supporting Details dialog box is displayed.
6. Click Add Child and replace Untitled with Advertising Itemization.
7. Add the following children and data values and click Submit:

Itemization Jan Feb Mar


TV 2500 2000 2550
Radio
Internet
1200
1800
1000
1650
1500
1750
m y
d e
8. For account name 5210 (Fringe Expense), in Mar, enter 35000.

c a
e
The Cell Text dialog box is displayed. A
9. For account name 5210 (Fringe Expense), in Mar, select Hyperion > Cell Text.

c l
10. Enter Quarterly bonus pay out for the cell text and click Save.

r a
The cell now has a blue border to indicate that cell text is associated with it.
11. Select Hyperion > Submit Data. O ly
The data is saved.
l & On
n a e
12. Make the following Page selections and click Refresh:

Dimension
t e r U s Member
Entity
I n Japan

l
Customer

c e PacRim Distributors

r a Scenario
Version
Budget
Draft 1

O Year FY09

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 227


Lesson 20 Entering Data in Smart View
Solutions

13. Select Hyperion > Calculation Options > Rules on Form.


The Business Rules dialog box is displayed.
14. Select the <Calculate Data Form> business rule and click Launch.
15. At the Calculation was successful message, click OK and click Close.
16. Refresh the spreadsheet to see the updated values.
17. In Connection Manager, right-click TRNADMIN and select Disconnect > Common
Provider Connection.
18. Save the Excel spreadsheet as C:\CF\PLN_CMA\Japanese Distributors.xls and exit Excel.

Viewing Added Data in Planning


1. In Planning, select the Verify BR folder and select the Verify App data form to open it.
2. Make the following Page selections and click Refresh:

Dimension Member
Entity
Customer
Kyoto
PacRim Distributors
m y
Scenario Budget

d e
Version
Year
Draft 1
FY09
c a
e A
l
3. Scroll down to see the values you entered.

c
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
228 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 21 Creating Business Rules
Solutions

Lesson 21 Creating Business Rules

Solution 21.1 Navigating Business Rules in Calculation Manager


In this exercise, you navigate Calculation Manager and open a business rule. You view
business rules in System View and you navigate to Custom View.

Launching Calculation Manager


1. Launch Enterprise Performance Management Workspace.
2. Enter trnadmin and hyperion and click Log On.
3. Select Navigate > Administer > Calculation Manager.
The System View of Calculation Manager is displayed with a list
of the Planning applications to which you have access.
4. In System View, expand Planning, hyplan, incstmt and Rules.
The Rules to which you have access are displayed.
5. Right-click HyPlan Calculate Expenses and select Open.
m y
The Rule is displayed in Rule Designer.
d e
6. Select NA Software Expenses component and view the settings.
ca
7. Select other components and view their settings.

e A
l
8. Right-click on the HyPlan Calculate Expenses tab, and select Close.
c
a
9. If prompted to save changes, click No.
r
O ly
The System View of Calculation Manager is displayed.

Navigating to Custom View


l & On
n
1. Select View > Custom View.a e
e r s
2. In the right pane, right-click Planning and select New > Folder.
t U
I n
3. In the New Folder dialog box, enter Hyplan Planning Rules and click OK.

c l e
4. Expand Planning, hyplan, incstmt and Rules.
5. Drag the following rules from the Existing Objects pane to the Hyplan Planning Rules

r afolder:

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 229
Lesson 21 Creating Business Rules
Solutions

Hyplan Calculate Expenses


Hyplan Copy and Adjust Data
Hyplan Copy and Adjust Data prompts
The Custom View is added.

Navigating to Deployment View


1. Select View >Deployment View.
2. Expand Planning, hyplan, To be Deployed and Incstmt.
Note what business rules are selected as Deployable.
3. Right-click the Deployment View tab, and select Close.

Solution 21.2 Launching Business Rules


In this exercise, you set launch access to business rules. You also organize business
rules into folders. You launch business rules.

m y
Validating Rules
d e
1. In Calculation Manager System View, expand Planning.
2. Expand hyplan, Incstmt, and Rules. c a
e
3. Right-click HyPlan Copy and Adjust Data, and select Validate. A
4. In Validation Options, select Both.
c l
5. Click OK.
r a
O ly
Deploying Rules
l & On
a e
1. In Calculation Manager, select View > Deployment View.

n
t e r
2. Expand Planning and hyplan.

U s
3. Expand the To Be Deployed node.

I n
4. Expand incstmt and select all rules.

c l e
5. Right-click hyplan, and select Deploy.

O ra The Job Task dialog box is displayed.

230 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 21 Creating Business Rules
Solutions

6. Click Click here to navigate to jobs.


7. Review any messages.
8. Close the Job Console Tab.

Assigning Launch Access


1. In the hyplan Planning application, select Administration > Business Rule Security(h).
2. Select the CalcMgrRules folder, then select the HyPlan Copy and Adjust Data Prompts
business rule.
3. Click Assign Access.
4. Click Add Access.
5. Select rjackson, and kreilly, and select Launch.
6. Click Add.
7. Click Close.
8. Click Close.
The Business Rules Security window is displayed.
m y
Creating Business Rules Folders
d e
1. Select Create.
c a
2. For the name of the folder, enter MyHyplan business rules.
e A
3. Click OK.
c l
r a
4. Select all hyplan business rules and click Move.
5. Select MyHyplan business rules.
O ly
6. Click OK.
l & On
n a e
Launching Business Rules

t e r
1. Select Tools > Business Rules.
U s
I n
2. From Select Plan Type, select incstmt.

l e
3. From Rule Type, select Rules.
c
a
4. Select Display only launchable rules, rulesets, and calc scripts.
r
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 231
Lesson 21 Creating Business Rules
Solutions

5. For HyPlan Calculate Expenses - hyplan - Incstmt, click Launch.


The business rule is run.
NOTE
If necessary, you can scroll to the right to select Launch.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
232 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules

Solution 22.1 Creating Business Rules from Templates


In this exercise, you create a business rule to copy and adjust data and another rule to
calculate expenses. You use the Copy Data template to create a business rule to copy
actual data to budget. You use the Amounts-Units Rates template to calculate travel and
software expenses.

Setting up Business Rules to Copy and Adjust Data


1. In System View, expand Planning, Finbud, and incstmt.
2. Right-click Rules and select New.
3. In the New Rule dialog box, enter the following:

Field Value
Name Finbud Copy and adjust data
Application Type Planning
m y
Application Finbud

d e
Plan Type Incstmt

c a
4. Click OK.

e A
The Rule Designer is displayed.
c l
a
5. From Existing Objects, expand System Templates.
r
O ly
6. Drag the Copy Data system template and drop it into the business rule's flow chart
after Begin and before End.

l & On
Setting Up Properties

n a e
1. Select Copy Data.

t e r U s
2. On Properties, in Caption, enter Copy and Adjust Data.

I n
3. In Description, enter Business rule will copy actual data to budget with a 15% increase.

c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 233
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

Setting Up the Copy Data Calculation


1. Select the Copy and Adjust Data component in the flow chart.
2. On Point of View, click Account and select Actions > Function.
Select @RELATIVE.
In Member Name, select Net Sales.
Click OK.
In Generation Level Number enter 0.
Click OK.
3. Ensure that the functional statement says @RELATIVE("Net Sales" , 0).
4. On Point of view, to restrict the data copied to only the level zero descendants for
South, perform the following steps:
For Entity, select Actions > Function.
Select @Relative and set the function to @Relative(South,0).
Click OK.
5. On Source, click Select the main dimension from which to copy data.
m y
6. Select Scenario.
d e
c a
7. In Select the main dimension member from which to copy data, select Actions > Member.
8. Select Actual.
e A
9. Click Add.
c l
10. Click OK.
r a
O ly
11. On Source, click Select from other dimensions member from which to copy data.
12. Select Year.
l & On
13. Select Actions > Member.
n a e
14. Select FY08.
t e r U s
15. Click Add.
I n
c l e
16. Click OK.
17. For Version, select Actions > Member.

r a
18. Select Final.

O
234 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

19. Click Add.


20. Click OK.
21. On Destination, click Select the main dimension member to which to copy the data.
22. Replace Actual with Budget.
23. Replace FY08 with FY09.
24. Replace Final with Working.
25. On Options, for Do you want to apply a percentage to the copied data?, select Yes.
26. On Options, in if yes, enter the percentage, enter 15.
27. On Options, in clear data first, enter Yes.
28. On Settings, select NO for Create these blocks during the Copy Data process.
29. On Settings, select NO for If not, are you sure the blocks exists?
30. On Settings, to turn Intelligent calculation ON or OFF, select use default.
31. Select File > Save.
32. At the confirmation message, click OK.
m y
33. Click Validate.
d e
34. Select Both and click OK.
c a
35. At the confirmation message, click OK.

e A
Calculating the Database
c l
r a
1. From Existing Objects, expand System Templates.

O ly
2. Drag the Aggregation system template and drop it into the business rule's flow chart

& On
after Copy and Adjust Data and before End.

l
Setting Up Properties
n a e
e r
1. Select the Aggregation component.
t U s
n
2. On Properties, in Caption, enter Aggregate South.
I
c l e
3. In Description, enter Aggregate values for South for FY09, Budget, Working.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 235
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

Setting Up the Aggregation


1. On Point of view, click Year and select Actions > Member.
2. Select FY09.
3. Click Add.
4. Click OK.
5. On Point of view, click Scenario and select Actions > Member.
6. Select Budget.
7. Click Add.
8. Click OK.
9. On Point of view, click Version and select Actions > Member.
10. Select Working.
11. Click Add.
12. Click OK.
13. On Point of view, click Currency and select Actions > Member.
m y
14. Select local.
d e
15. Click Add.

c a
16. Click OK.

e A
17. On Partial dimension aggregation (dense), select Account as the dimension to be
aggregated.
c l
r a
18. For Select a member for dense dimension 1, select Actions > Member.
19. Select Income Statement.
O ly
20. Click Add.
l & On
21. Click OK.
n a e
e r s
22. Verify that Select an aggregation level for dense dimension 1 is set to descendants.
t U
aggregated. I n
23. On Partial dimension aggregation (sparse), select Entity as the dimension to be

c l e
24. Select Entity.

r a
25. For Select a member for the sparse dimension 1, select Actions > Member.

O26. From Member Selector, expand Worldwide, and North America.

236 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

27. Select South.


28. Click Add.
29. Click OK.
30. Verify that Select an aggregation level for sparse dimension 1 is set to descendants.
31. On Settings, in Aggregate the missing values in the Database, select Yes.
32. Select File > Save and click OK at the confirmation.
33. Click Validate.
34. Select Both and click OK.
35. At the confirmation message, click OK.
36. Right-click the Finbud Copy and adjust data tab and select Close.

Setting up Business Rules to Calculate Expenses


1. In System View, expand Planning, Finbud, and Incstmt.
2. Right-click Rules and select New.
3. In the New Rule dialog box, enter the following and click OK:
m y
d e
Field
Name
Value
Finbud Calculate Expenses
c a
Application Type Planning

e A
Application Finbud
c l
Plan Type Incstmt
r a
O ly
The Rule Designer is displayed.

l & On
Setting Up a Component to Calculate Travel Expenses

n a e
t e r
1. From Existing Objects, expand System Templates.

U s
2. Drag the Amount-Unit-Rate system template and drop it into the business rule's flow

I n
chart after Begin and before End.

l e
Selecting Values for Global Range
c
r a
1. In the Rule Designer, select Begin.

O 2. Select the Global Range tab.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 237


Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

3. Click Period and select Actions > Member.


4. Select YearTotal.
5. Click Add Special and select Relative(0).
6. Click OK.
7. Click Customer and select Actions > Member.
8. Expand All Customers and select No Customer.
9. Click Add.
10. Click OK.
11. Click Year and select Actions > Member.
12. Select FY09.
13. Click Add.
14. Click OK.
15. Click Scenario and select Actions > Member.
16. Select Budget.
m y
17. Click Add.
d e
18. Click OK.
c a
19. Click Version and select Actions > Member.

e A
20. From Member Selector, select Working.
21. Click Add. c l
22. Click OK. r a
O ly
23. Click Currency and select Actions > Member.
24. Select Local.
l & On
n a e
25. Click Add.
26. Click OK.
t e r U s
I
Setting Up Properties
n
c l e
1. In the Rule Designer, select Amount-Unit-Rate.

r a
2. On Properties, in Caption, enter NA Travel Expenses.

O
238 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

3. In Description, enter This component rule will calculate travel expenses based on headcount.
4. On Enter Settings, use the Actions icon to select the following members:

Field Value
AMOUNT 5240
UNITS 6000
RATE 6010

5. Select File > Save.


6. At the confirmation message, click OK.

Setting Up a Component to Calculate Software Expenses


1. In Rule Designer, right-click NA Travel Expenses and select Copy.
2. In Rule Designer, right-click NA Travel Expenses and select Paste.

Setting Up Properties
1. Select the copy of NA Travel Expenses.
m y
2. On Properties, in Caption, enter NA Software Expenses.
d e
c a
3. In Description, enter This component rule will calculate software expenses based on
headcount.

e A
4. On Enter Settings, use the Actions icon to select the following information:

c l
Field
AMOUNT
Value
5350 r a
UNITS 6000 O ly
RATE 6020
l & On
n a e
5. Select File > Save.

t e r U s
6. At the confirmation message, click OK.
7. Click Validate. I n
c l e
8. Select Both and click OK.

r a
9. At the confirmation message, click OK.

O10. On Script, view the generated script of the variables you are calculating.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 239


Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

11. Right-click the Finbud Calculate Expenses tab and select Close.
12. If prompted to save changes, click Yes.

Solution 22.2 Creating Rulesets


In this exercise, you organize your rules into a ruleset.

Creating Rulesets from Rules


1. In System View, expand the Planning application type, and finbud.
2. Right-click RuleSets and select New.
3. Enter the following information, and click OK:

Field Value
Name Finbud Rules
Application Type Planning
Application Finbud

m y
4. From Rule Set Palette, expand finbud, Incstmt, and Rules.
d e
a
5. Drag the following rules from the Rule Set Palette to the Ruleset Designer:
c
Finbud Calculate Expenses

e A
Finbud Copy and adjust data

c l
6. Select the Finbud Copy and adjust data business rule, and click the up arrow until the

r a
rule is the first business rule listed in the ruleset.

O ly
7. In Ruleset Designer, select Finbud Rules.

l & On
8. In Properties, ensure that Enable Parallel Execution is cleared.

a e
9. Enter the following comment: Business rules for finbud application to seed budget and
n
calculate expenses.
10. Select File > Save.
t e r U s
I n
11. At the confirmation message, click OK.

c l e
12. Click Validate.

r a
13. Select Both and click OK.

O
240 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

14. At the confirmation message, click OK.


15. Right-click the Finbud Rules tab and select Close.

Solution 22.3 Validating and Deploying Business Rulesets


In this exercise, you validate and deploy rulesets.

Validating Rulesets
1. In System View, expand Planning, finbud, and Rulesets.
2. Right-click Finbud Rules, and select Validate.
3. In Validate Options, select Both to validate against Planning and EPMA.
4. Click OK.
5. At the successful validation message, click OK.

Deploying Rulesets
1. In Calculation Manager, in System View, expand Planning, finbud, and Rulesets.
m y
2. Right-click Finbud Rules, and select Deploy.
d e
3. At the successful message, click OK.
c a
The ruleset is deployed.

e A
Assigning Launch Access
c l
r a
1. In Planning, select Administration > Business Rule Security(h).

O ly
2. Select the CalcMgrRules folder, then select the Finbud Copy and Adjust Data business
rule.
l & On
3. Click Assign Access.

n a e
and click OK.
t e r U s
4. If the user and group lists are not complete, click Migrate Identities to update the list

I n
5. Click Add Access.

l e
6. Select rjackson, and kreilly, and select Launch.
c
a
7. Click Add.
r
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 241
Lesson 22 Managing Business Rules
Solutions

8. Click Close twice.


The Business Rules Security window is displayed.
9. Select the CalcMgrRules folder, then select the Finbud Calculate Expenses business rule.
10. Click Assign Access.
11. Click Add Access.
12. Select rjackson, and kreilly, and select Launch.
13. Click Add.
14. Click Close twice.
The Business Rules Security window is displayed.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
242 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to


Business Rules

Solution 23.1 Adding Runtime Prompts to Business Rules


In this exercise, you add runtime prompts to business rules.

Saving a Copy of Business Rules


1. In Calculation Manager System View, expand Planning, finbud, incstmt and Rules.
2. Right-click Finbud Copy and adjust data and select Copy To.
The Save As dialog box is displayed.
3. Save a copy of the rule to finbud, incstmt as Finbud Copy and adjust data prompts.

Setting Up Runtime Prompts for Members


1. In System View, select Tools > Variables.
2. In the Variable Navigator, expand Planning, finbud, and incstmt.
m y
d e
3. Right-click Finbud Copy and adjust data prompts, and select New to create a variable that
can be used only in that rule.
c a
4. Create a replacement variable, by selecting Replacement.

e A
l
5. In Name, enter ParentAcc as the name for the variable.
c
6. From Type, select Member.
r a
O ly
7. In the Value table, select Account.

variable, and click OK.


l & On
8. Use the Member Selector to select Income Statement as the default value for the

n a e
9. In RTP Text, enter the following runtime prompt text: Select a parent account. Data is

e r s
copied for its level zero descendants.

t U
n
10. Select File > Save.
I
c l e
11. At the confirmation message, click OK.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 243
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

Creating Numeric Runtime Prompts


1. In the Variable Designer, select File > New > Variable.
2. Create a replacement variable, by selecting Replacement.
3. In Name, enter AdjustAmount as the name for the variable.
4. From Type, select Percent.
5. In the Value table, select Limits and define a minimum value of 1 and a maximum
value of 100 for the variable.
6. In Default Value, enter 1 as the default numeric value for the variable.
7. In RTP Text, enter the following runtime prompt text: Type a factor to multiply by.
8. Ensure that Allow #Missing is cleared.
9. Select File > Save.
10. At the confirmation message, click OK.
11. Right-click the Variable Designer tab and select Close.

Setting Up Business Rules to Prompt for Information


m y
1. In System View, expand Planning, finbud, incstmt and Rules.
d e
2. Right-click Finbud Copy and adjust data prompts and select Open.
c a
3. In Rule Designer, select the Copy and Adjust Data component.

e A
l
4. On Point of View, in the function, change Net Sales to {ParentAcc}:

c
Select Actions > Variable. r a
In the function, highlight Net Sales.

O ly
For Category, select Rule.

l & On
Select ParentAcc, and click OK.

n a e
t e r
The Account entry is displayed as @RELATIVE({ParentAcc} , 0).

U s
5. On Options for Percentage, select Actions > Variable.

I n
6. For Category, select Rule.

l e
7. Select AdjustAmount and click OK.
c
a
8. Select File > Save.
r
O 9. Right-click the Finbud Copy and adjust data prompts tab and select Close.

244 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

Solution 23.2 Adding Components to Business Rules


In this exercise, you add a loop component to business rules to restrict the rule so that it
runs for level zero entities within North America.

Opening Business Rules


1. In System View, expand Planning, finbud, incstmt and Rules.
2. Right-click Finbud Calculate Expenses and select Open.
The Rule Designer is displayed.

Adding Loops to Business Rules


1. From the New Objects Palette, drag the Member Range object and drop it after the
Begin component.
2. Drag both the NA Travel Expenses and NA Software Expenses components so that they
are inside the Member Range loop.

Setting Up Loops
1. Select the Member Range component.
m y
2. In Member Range, in Caption, enter North American Entities.
d e
3. Click in the Value column for Entity and select Actions > Member.
c a
A
4. From Member Selector, expand Worldwide, and select North America.

e
l
5. Click Add Special and select Relative (0).
c
6. Click OK.
r a
7. Select File > Save.
O ly
& On
8. At the confirmation message, click OK.
l
a e
9. Right-click Finbud Calculate Expenses and click Close.
n
Setting up Formulas
t e r U s
I n
1. In System View, expand Planning, finbud, and incstmt.

l e
2. Right-click Formulas, and select New.

c
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 245
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

3. Enter or select the following information:

Field Value
Name Calculate Fringe Expense
Application Type Planning
Application Finbud
Plan Type Incstmt

4. Click OK.
5. On Properties, enter the following caption: Calculate fringe expense.
6. On Properties, enter the following comments: This formula calculates fringe expense
based on salary expense multiplied by 7%.
7. To create a conditional statement for the formula, click Add Condition.
8. In Comment, enter the following text for the condition statement: If salary expense is
greater than zero, calculate the fringe expense.

Builder.
m y
9. In the IF row, click Add/Edit Condition in the right column of the row to access Condition

10. Select Data Condition.


d e
a
11. In the Formula row, create a formula statement, by clicking Actions > Member.
c
12. In Find a member, select Advanced Search.

e A
l
13. For Search By, select Alias and for Value, enter salary expense.

c
14. Click OK.
r a
O ly
Account 5100, Salary Expense is highlighted.

& On
15. Click Add to move 5100 to the Selections pane.

l
a e
16. In Dimensions, select Scenario.

n
t e r U
18. In Dimensions, select Version. s
17. Select Budget and click Add to move Budget to the Selections pane.

I n
19. Select Draft 1 and click Add to move Draft 1 to the Selections pane.

l e
20. In Dimensions, select Year.
c
r a
21. Select FY09 and click Add to move FY09 to the Selections pane.

O22. Click OK.

246 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

23. In Operator, select >.


24. In Value, type 0.

m y
25. Click + to add the formula to the grid.
d e
26. Click OK.
c a
A
27. In the Formula row, on the left side of the equal sign, enter 5210 and on the right side
e
of the equal sign, enter 5100*.07.
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
l e
28. Select File > Save.
c
r a
29. Click OK.

O30. On the toolbar, click Validate.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 247


Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

31. Select Both and click OK.


32. At the Successful Validation dialog box, click OK.
33. Right-click the Calculate Fringe Expense tab, and select Close.
34. If prompted to save changes, click Yes.
The System View is displayed.

Deploying Business Rules


1. In Calculation Manager, select View > Deployment View.
2. Expand Planning and finbud.
3. Expand the To be Deployed node.
4. Expand incstmt and select Finbud Copy and Adjust Data, Finbud Copy and Adjust Data-
Prompts and Finbud Calculate Expenses.
5. Right-click finbud, and select Deploy.

Assigning Launch Access


1. In Planning, select Administration > Business Rule Security(h). m y
d e
2. Select the CalcMgrRules folder, then select the Finbud Copy and Adjust Data-Prompts.
business rule.
c a
3. Click Assign Access.

e A
l
4. If the user and group lists are not complete, click Migrate Identities to update the list.
c
5. Click Add Access.
r a
O ly
6. Select rjackson, and kreilly, and select Launch.
7. Click Add.

l & On
8. Click Close twice.

n a e
t e r U s
The Business Rules Security window is displayed.

I n
c l e
r a
O
248 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

Testing Business Rules


In this portion of the exercise, you create the Verify Business Rules data form, enter
some data and then run the calculate expenses business rule.
1. In Planning, select Administration > Manage Data Forms.
2. Select the Verify BR folder, and on the Data Form side of the page, click Create.
3. On the Properties tab, enter the following specifications for the data form:

Field Value
Data Form Verify Business Rules
Description Verify Business Rules
Plan Type Incstmt

4. Create the following data form to test the business rule:


The following figure shows a portion of the data form. See the information that
follows the figure for additional detail.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
e r s
For the columns, select Level 0 Descendants of YearTotal.
t U
I n
For the rows, select IDescendants(Gross Profit), IDescendants(Tot Exp),
IDescendants(Alloc), and Descendants(Saved Assumptions) for accounts.

c l e
For the Account Dimension Properties, select Member Name and Member Alias.

r a
For the pages, select Descendants (North America), 120, and level 0 descendants of

O Customer.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 249


Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

For the pages, select the scenarios Actual and Budget, and the versions Final and
Working, and the years ActYear and BudYear.
Set Currency to Local.
5. Save the data form.

Testing the Calculate Expenses Business Rule


1. In Planning, open the Verify Business Rules data form.
2. In the Page area, make the following selections and click Go:

Dimension Value
Entity 200
Customer No Customer
Scenario Budget
Version Working
Year FY09

3. Enter the data for Jan according to the following table.


m y
Entity Account Jan Value
d e
200 6000 12
c a
6010
6020
60
75
e A
205 6000 14
c l
6010
r
50
a
6020
O ly
75
210 6000
6010
l & On
10
50
6020
n a e 65
220 6000

t e r U s 18

I n
6010
6020
50
75
225

c l e 6000 25

r a 6010
6020
60
75

O
250 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

Entity Account Jan Value


230 6000 19
6010 50
6020 75
240 6000 23
6010 65
6020 75

TIP
Remember to save data before selecting the next entity from the Pages drop-
down list. After making a new selection from the Pages drop-down list, click Go.

4. Select Tools > Business Rules.


5. For Finbud Calculate Expenses - finbud - Incstmt click Launch.
The Finbud Calculate Expenses was successful message is displayed.
6. On the Verify Business Rules data form, verify that the 5240 (Travel Other) and 5350
(Software Expense) accounts were calculated correctly.
m y
Entity Account Value
d e
200 5240 720
c a
5350 900

e A
205 5240
5350
700

c
1050 l
210 5240
r a
500
5350
O ly
650
220 5240
5350
l & On900
1350
225 5240
n a e 1500
5350
t e r U s 1875
230
I n
5240
5350
950
1425

c
240
l e 5240 1495

r a 5350 1725

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 251
Lesson 23 Adding Variables and Formulas to Business Rules
Solutions

Testing the Copy and Adjust Accounts Prompts Business Rule


1. In the Verify BR folder, open the Verify Business Rules data form.
2. From the Page drop-down list, select 230, N001, Actual, Final, and FY08 and click Go.
Notice some of the FY08 data values for account 4200 (Cost of Goods Sold)
and its descendants.
3. In the Page area, select 230, N001, Budget, Working, and FY09 and click Go.
Note that no data is displayed in the Working version for 4200 and its
descendants.
4. Select Tools > Business Rules.
5. Verify that the Finbud Copy and Adjust Data - Prompts rule is listed.
6. Select the Incstmt - Rule - Finbud Copy and Adjust Data - Prompts rule and click Launch.
The Run-time Prompts dialog box is displayed.
7. For Type a factor to multiply by, enter 5.
8. For the parent account, browse to and select account 4200.
9. Click Launch.
m y
10. Navigate to the Verify Business Rules data form, and click Refresh.
d e
4200. c a
11. Scroll down and verify that the correct data is displayed for the children of account

e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
252 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process

Solution 24.1 Managing the Planning Cycle


In this exercise, you start the planning units for North America. You then move the
children of East through the planning cycle by logging on as different users. This
exercise begins in Planning. You should be logged on to the Finbud application as user
trnadmin.

Starting the Planning Cycle


1. From the File menu, select Workflow > Manage Process.
The Process Definition page is displayed.
2. From the Scenario list, select Budget; from the Version list, select Draft 1; and click Go.
The Entity hierarchy is displayed.
3. In the Plan Cycle column, select Start for the North America planning unit.
The process status changes to First Pass for North America and its
m y
d e
descendants. When a planning unit is in First Pass, it has no owner. Anyone
with write access to a First Pass planning unit can enter or modify data.

c a
4. Expand all regions below North America to see the updated process status for all
North America planning units.

e A
l
5. Select File > Logoff, and click Yes to log off from the session but not exit Workspace.

c
Promoting Planning Units
r a
O ly
In this part of the exercise, Kate Reilly promotes 240 (New York) and 245 (Connecticut)

& On
for Budget, Draft 1 to Randy Jackson for review.

l
a e
1. Log on to Workspace as user Kreilly with password hyperion.

n
t e r U s
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
3. In the view pane, select the Verify BR folder and open the Verify App data form.

I n
4. In the Page area, select New York, Alliance Merchandise, Budget, Draft 1, and FY09 and

l e
click Go.

c
r a The data cells are available for data entry.

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 253
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

5. Select File > Workflow > Manage Process.


The Process Definition page is displayed.
6. From the Scenario list, select Budget; from the Version list, select Draft 1; and click Go.
The Process Definition page is displayed with only the entities to which Kate
Reilly has access.
7. In the Action column of the entity 240 (New York), click Details.
The View Details page is displayed.
8. Click Change Status.
The Change Status dialog box is displayed.
9. From the Select Action list, select Promote.
Because the status is First Pass, only Promote and Approve are available.
10. From the Select Next Owner list, select rjackson.
Only users with read or write access to the planning unit are available in the list.
11. In the Enter Annotation box, enter the following annotation:

m y
12. Click Submit and click Done.
d e
Randy, I have completed entries for trade sales. Please review and get back to me - Kate

c a
The Check Status page is displayed. The status for entity 240 changes to Under
A
Review, and Rjackson is the current owner. Other users cannot enter data for

e
the New York planning unit.

c l
13. Click the column heading Current Owner to sort the column, and click Current Owner
again to reverse the sort.
r a
O ly
14. Click the column heading Process Status to sort the column, and click again to reverse
the sort.

l & On
a e
15. Click the column heading Entity to return to the original sort order.

n
17. Click Change Status.
t e r U s
16. Click Details for entity 245 (Connecticut).

I n
18. From the Select Action list, select Promote.

c l e
19. From the Select Next Owner list, select rjackson.

r a
20. Click Submit.

O
254 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

21. Click Done.


The status of entities 240 and 245 is Under Review, and the owner is rjackson.
The status of the parent entity, East, is Under Review, with No Owner.
22. In the Verify BR folder, open the Verify App data form.
23. If necessary, from the Page list, select New York, Alliance Merchandise, Budget, Draft 1,
and FY09, and click Go.
Notice that the data for 240 (New York) is read-only, because the planning unit
has been promoted to Rjackson. Kreilly no longer has write access.
24. Log off and end your session, but do not close Workspace.

Signing Off a Planning Unit


Randy Jackson has reviewed Kate Reillys numbers for the East planning units. In this
part of the exercise, he signs off on 240 (New York). He does not approve East yet
because he is not satisfied with the numbers for 245 (Connecticut).
1. Log on to Workspace as user Rjackson with password hyperion.
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.

m y
3. Select File > Workflow > Manage Process.

d e
5. In the row for entity 240, click Details.
c a
4. From the Scenario list, select Budget; from the Version list, select Draft 1; and click Go.

6. Click Change Status.


e A
c l
7. From the Select Action list, select Sign Off.
8. Leave Rjackson as the owner.
r a
9. Enter the following annotation: O ly
l & On
These numbers look good. I am holding approval on East until I see revised figures for
Connecticut.

n a e
10. Click Submit.

t e r U s
I n
In the Existing Annotations box, you can see the history of annotations entered
for the New York planning unit.

l e
11. Click Done.
c
O ra Notice that the status for entity 240 has changed to Signed Off and rjackson is
the owner. Also notice that entities 250 (Massachusetts) and 255 (Rhode
Island) are still in First Pass, with no owner.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 255


Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

12. For the 250 row, click Details.


13. Click Change Status.
14. From the Select Action list, select Promote.
15. From the Select Next Owner list, select rjackson.
16. Click Submit.
Rjackson has promoted the planning unit to himself. He becomes the owner of
the unit, and others no longer have write access to it.
17. Click Done.
18. Repeat steps 12 through 17 for entity 255 (Rhode Island).
The 240 (New York) unit has a status of Signed Off. The 245 (Connecticut), 250
(Massachusetts), and 255 (Rhode Island) units have a status of Under Review.
Because Rjackson is the owner of all four planning units, he now becomes the
owner of the parent, East.

Rejecting a Planning Unit


In this section of the exercise, Randy Jackson rejects Kate Reillys numbers and sends
m y
the planning unit for 245 (Connecticut) to her.

d e
1. For entity 245, click Details.
2. Click Change Status.
c a
e
3. From the Select Action list, select Reject. A
c l
4. From the Select Next Owner list, select Kreilly, and enter the following text in the
Enter Annotation box:
r a
O ly
Your numbers for Alliance Merchandise are too low. Please increase by 10%.
5. Click Submit.
l & On
6. Click Done.

n a e
t e r U s
Notice that the status of entity 245 has changed to Not Signed Off and Kreilly is
the owner. Randy Jackson no longer has write access to the planning unit and

I n
cannot make any further status changes.

c l e
7. Log off Workspace and log on as user kreilly with password hyperion.
8. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.

r a
9. In the view pane, select the Verify BR folder and open the Verify App data form.
O
256 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

10. From the Page list, select Connecticut, Alliance Merchandise, Budget, Draft 1, and FY09
and click Go.
The data form allows Kreilly to modify the data, because she is the owner.
11. Collapse the Q1 and Q2 columns so that they are displayed next to one another;
select the cells for the 4000 input accounts for both quarters; and use the Adjust
option to increase these numbers by 10%.
The quarter 1 and quarter 2 figures for Connecticut are increased.
12. Click Save.
13. Select File > Workflow > Manage Process.
14. Select Budget, Draft 1, and click Go.
15. Click Details for entity 245.
16. Click Change Status.
17. Promote the entity to rjackson with the following annotation:
Trade sales numbers have been increased by 10% for the first two quarters.
18. Click Submit.
m y
19. Click Done.
d e
a
Rjackson is now the owner of the Connecticut, Budget, Draft 1 planning unit.

c
20. Log off and end your session, but do not close Workspace.

e A
Approving the Budget for East
c l
r a
1. Log onto Workspace as user rjackson with password hyperion.

O ly
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.

& On
3. If necessary, select File > Workflow > Manage Process.
l
a e
4. Select Budget, Draft 1, and click Go.
n
t e r U s
Rjackson is the owner of East and its children. Entity 240 is signed off, and the
planning units for Connecticut, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island are under
review.
I n
l e
5. Click Details for East.

c
6. Click Change Status.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 257
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

7. From the Select Action drop-down list, select Approve.


TRedford, and trnadmin are the only users available as owners because only
budget administrators can own approved planning units.
8. From the Select Next Owner drop-down list, select trnadmin and click Submit.
9. Click Done.
The status of East and its children is changed to Approved, and trnadmin is the
owner.
10. Log off and end your session, but do not close Workspace.

Printing Planning Unit Annotations


1. Log onto Workspace as user trnadmin with password hyperion.
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
3. Select Administration > Reporting.
4. Select the Planning Unit Annotations tab.
5. Make the following selections:

m y
Dimension All or Custom Value
d e
Scenario
Version
Custom (select by name)
Custom (select by name)
Budget

c
Draft 1
a
Entity Custom (select by name)
e A
IChildren(East)

c l
7. Click Create Report. r a
6. For Process Status, select Approved, and clear all other options.

O ly
& On
8. When you have finished reviewing the report, close it.

l
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
258 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

Solution 24.2 Clearing Data


In this exercise, you clear data from the Draft 1 version to prepare it for copying it to the
Draft 2 version.

Clearing Supporting Detail and Account Annotations


1. Select Administration > Clear Cell Details.
The Clear Cell Details pane is displayed.
2. From Plan Type drop-down, ensure Incstmt is selected.
3. Click Go.
Specific dimensions are now selectable for this plan type.
4. From Dimension, select Account.
5. To the right of Members, click the Select Members icon.
The Member Selection page is displayed.
6. Select Client Information and add descendants inclusive to the Selected pane.
7. Click Submit.
m y
The Clear Cell Details pane is displayed.
d e
8. From Dimension, select Entity.
c a
9. To the right of Members, click the Select Members icon.

e A
l
The Member Selection page is displayed.

c
a
10. Select West(Idescendants) and add it to the Selected pane.
r
11. Click Submit.
O ly
l
12. From Dimension, select Version.
& On
The Clear Cell Details pane is displayed.

n a e
t e r
13. To the right of Members, click the Select Members icon.

U s
The Member Selection page is displayed.

I n
14. Select Draft 2 and add it to the Selected pane.

l e
15. Click Submit.
c
O ra The Clear Cell Details pane is displayed.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 259


Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

16. Select the following Clear Options: Account Annotations, Supporting Details, Cell Text,
and Cell Level Document.
17. Click Clear.
A confirmation page is displayed with your selections.
18. Click Finish to proceed.
19. Click OK.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
260 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

Solution 24.3 Copying Data Between Versions


In this exercise, you copy data from the Draft 1 version to the Draft 2 version for the
Budget scenario and then adjust some of the data for Draft 2.

Reviewing Existing Data


1. Log off Workspace and log on as user kreilly with password hyperion.
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
3. In the view pane, select the Verify BR folder and open the Verify App data form.
4. In the Page area, select Georgia, Alliance Merchandise, Budget, Draft 1, and FY09. Click
Go.
Data should be displayed for this member selection and available for data entry.
5. In the Page area, change Draft 1 to Draft 2 and click Go.
No data is displayed for Draft 2.

Copying Data from Draft 1 to Draft 2


1. Select File > Workflow > Copy Version.
m y
The Copy Version page is displayed.
d e
2. From the Scenario list, select Budget.
c a
3. From the Copy From list, select Draft1.

e A
l
4. From the Copy To list, select Draft 2 and click Go.
c
r a
The list of entities is filtered to display level 0 entities. Only North American level
0 descendants are displayed, because Kreilly does not have write access to
O ly
Europe or PacRim entities and their descendants.

l & On
5. From the Available Entities list, select 220 (Georgia) and 230 (North Carolina) and
click Add.

n a e
TIP

t e r U s
You can use Ctrl+click to select more than one nonconsecutive entity.

I n
c l e
The entities 220 and 230 are added to the Selected Entities list.

r a
6. Select the Copy Account Annotations, Copy Cell Text and Copy Supporting Details check
boxes.
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 261
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

7. Click Copy Data, and at the confirmation prompt click OK.


8. In the view pane, open the Verify App data form.
9. If necessary, in the Page area, select Georgia, Alliance Merchandise, Budget, Draft 2, and
FY09 and click Go.
Draft 2 now contains a copy of the data in Draft 1.
10. From the Page list, select North Carolina and click Go.
Draft 2 now contains a copy of the data in Draft 1.
11. In the Q1 column, drag to select the cells for accounts 4000-100 through 4000-700.
12. Adjust the values using these steps:
Click Edit > Adjust.
Select the By Percentage option.
Select the Increase by option.
In the Percent edit box, enter 10.
Click Adjust Data.

m y
Keep the Adjust Data window open.

d e
13. In the Q1 column, drag to select the cells for accounts 4200-100 through 4200-700.
14. In the Adjust Data window:
c a
Select the By Percentage option.
e A
Select the Decrease by option.
c l
r
In the Percent edit box, enter 3.a
Click Adjust Data. O ly
l & On
Close the Adjust Data window.
15. Click Save.
n a e
e r s
16. Log off the application, leaving Workspace open.
t U
I n
c l e
r a
O
262 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

Solution 24.4 Copying Data


In this exercise, you copy data from last years final actual numbers to seed this years
working forecast. After the data is copied, you calculate the database to aggregate
parent values.

Modifying the Verify App Form and Reviewing Existing Data


1. Log onto Workspace as user trnadmin with password hyperion.
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
3. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms.
4. Select the Verify BR folder, select the Verify App check box, and click Edit.
5. Select the Page/Point of View Layout tab.
6. Modify the member selection for Scenario to include Forecast.
7. Click Save and click OK.
8. In the view pane, select the Verify BR folder and open the Verify App data form.

y
9. In the Page area, select Georgia, Alliance Merchandise, Actual, Final, and FY08, and click
m
e
Go.
Data exists and is displayed.
a d
click Go.
A c
10. In the Page area, select Georgia, Alliance Merchandise, Forecast, Working, and FY09, and

No data exists.

c l e
Copying Data from Actual to Forecast
r a
O ly
1. Select Administration > Copy Data.

l & On
The Copy Data page is displayed.

a e
2. For Plan Type, select IncStmt and click Go.
n
3. Click Add Dimension.
t e r U s
n
4. Make the following Static Dimension selections:
I
l e
Dimension

c
Members

r a Account
Entity
Level 0 descendants of IBT
Level 0 descendants of North America,

O Europe, and PacRim

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 263


Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

Dimension Members
Period Level 0 descendants of YearTotal
Currency Local
Customer Level 0 descendants of All Customers

5. Make the following Dimension Source and Destination selections:

Dimension Source Destination


Year FY08 FY09
Scenario Actual Forecast
Version Final Working

6. Make the following Copy Data Options selections:

Copy Data Option Selected or Cleared


Copy Account Annotations Selected
Copy Supporting Details
Copy Cell Text
Selected
Selected
m y
7. Click Copy Data.
d e
c a
A message is displayed, confirming that data has been successfully copied.

e A
Verifying Results and Calculating Data
c l
a
1. In the view pane, open the Verify App data form.
r
O ly
2. In the Page area, select Georgia, Alliance Merchandise, Forecast, Working, and FY09 and
click Go.

l
Note that data exists. & On
n a e
3. In the Page area, select South, Alliance Merchandise, Forecast, Working, and FY09 and
click Go.

t e r U s
I n
Note that data does not exist for parent members.
4. Open Essbase Administration Services Console and log on as user trnadmin with

l e
password hyperion.
c
a
5. Expand Essbase Servers > localhost> Applications > Finbud.
r
O
264 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 24 Managing the Approval Process
Solutions

6. Right-click Incstmt and select Execute calculation.


The Execute Database Calculation dialog box is displayed.
7. Select the HspCRtB calculation script and click OK.
8. Right-click Incstmt and select Execute calculation.
The Execute Database Calculation dialog box is displayed.
9. Select the PlanCurB calculation script and click OK.
10. Repeat steps 6 and 7 for the (default) calculation scripts.
11. Exit Essbase Administration Services.
12. Return to Planning and, if necessary, open the Verify App data form.
13. In the Page area, select South, Alliance Merchandise, Forecast, Working, and FY09 and
click Refresh.
Note that data now exists for the parent members.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 265
Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists
Solutions

Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists

Solution 25.1 Creating Task Lists


In this exercise, you create a task list to guide budget preparers through the processes of
entering and calculating their budget expenses and starting the review process. You
provide the budget preparers with instructions and due dates. Based on the budget cycle
requirements, you need to modify the Verify Business Rules data form and NA Expenses
business rule. This exercise begins in Planning. You should be logged on to the Finbud
application as user trnadmin.

Preparing for Task List Definition and Rollout


1. Select Administration > Manage Data Forms.
2. Select the Verify BR folder, select the Verify Business Rules data form, and click Assign
Access.
3. Assign read access to the data form for Planners_NA and PlanIU_NA.

Creating a Task List Folder and Task List


m y
1. From the Administration menu, select Manage Task Lists.
d e
2. In the Task List Folders frame, click Create.
c a
The Explorer User Prompt dialog box is displayed.
e A
c l
3. In the Enter the name for the new folder below text box, enter Expense Budgeting and
click OK.
r a
O ly
4. Expand the Task Lists folder and select the Expense Budgeting folder.

& On
5. In the Task List frame, select Create.

l
a e
The Explorer User Prompt dialog box is displayed.

n
t e r s
6. In the Enter the name for the new task list below text box, enter Expense Budgeting
for North America and click OK.
U
I n
Adding a Descriptive Task

c l e
1. Select the Expense Budgeting for North America task list check box and click Edit.

O ra The Edit Task List window is displayed.

266 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists
Solutions

2. Select the Task List tab and click Add Child.


The Add Task window is displayed.
3. On the Task tab, select or enter the following information:

Field Value
Task Expense Budget Cycle
Type Descriptive
Instructions As cost center manager for North America, you will be responsible
for submitting budget numbers for expenses. Corporate guidelines
for this year are to reduce expenses by 1 to 3 percent.

4. Select the Due Date check box and accept todays date.
5. Click Save.

Adding a Data Form Task


1. Select the 1.0 Expense Budget Cycle task check box and click Add Sibling.
2. On the Task tab, select or enter the following information.
m y
Task Enter Calculation Drivers and Rates
d e
Type Data Form
c a
Instructions
A
Enter the Headcount, T&E Rate, and Software Rate for each of your
cost centers. In the Page area, select your cost center, No Customer,

e
c l
Budget, Working, and FY09. These numbers will be used to calculate
software and travel expenses using the NA Expenses business rule.

r a
3. Select the Due Date check box and enter a date that is three days in the future.
O ly
4. Select the Alert check box and accept todays date.

l & On
5. Select the Dependency check box.
6. Select the Property tab.
n a e
t e r U s
7. From the Data Form Folder drop-down list, select Verify BR.

I n
8. From the Data Form drop-down list, select Verify Business Rule.

l e
9. Click Save.
c
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 267
Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists
Solutions

Adding a Business Rule Task


1. Select the 2.0 Enter Calculation Drivers and Rates task check box and click Add Sibling.
2. On the Task tab, select or enter the following information:

Field Value
Task Calculate Software and Travel Expenses
Type Business Rule
Instructions Launch the NA Expenses business rule.

3. Select the Due Date check box and enter a date that is five days in the future.
4. Select the Alert check box and enter a date that is three days in the future.
5. Select the Dependency check box.
6. Select the Property tab.
7. From the Plan Type drop-down list, select IncStmt.
8. From the Business Rules drop-down list, select Finbud Calculate Expenses.
9. Click Save.
m y
10. Click Close.
d e
Assigning Access to the Task List c a
A
1. Select the Expense Budgeting for North America task check box and click Assign Access.
e
c l
The Assign Access for Expense Budgeting for North America dialog box is
displayed.
r a
2. Click Add Access.
O ly
& On
The Add Access dialog box is displayed.
l
a e
3. From the Users and Groups list, select Planners_NA.

n
t e r U s
4. For Type of Access, select Assign and click Add.
5. From the Users and Groups list, select PlanIU_NA.

I n
6. For Type of Access, select Manage and Assign and click Add.

c l e
7. Click Close twice.

r a The Task List page is displayed.

O
268 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists
Solutions

8. Log off the application and end the session, leaving Workspace open.

Testing the Task List


1. Log on to Workspace as Kreilly with password hyperion.
2. Select Navigate > Applications > Planning > Finbud.
3. From the View menu, select Basic Mode.
The Status for the Expense Budgeting for North America task list is displayed in
the task list wizard.
4. Review the status for the task list.
5. Click View Task List.
6. Review the tasks and their due dates.
7. Select the Incomplete link.
Status for Expense Budgeting for North America is displayed.
8. Click Next Incomplete.
The first task, Expense Budget Cycle, is displayed. This is a descriptive task
m y
with overall guidelines for the budget cycle.

d e
9. Read the information provided and select the Complete check box.
10. Click Next Incomplete. c a
e A
The second task, Enter Calculation Drivers and Rates, is displayed. This is a
l
Data Form task that opens the Verify Business Rules data form.
c
r a
11. Make sure that the page selections include No Customer, Budget, Working, and FY09.

O ly
12. Enter the Headcount, Software Rate, and T&E Rate for your cost center (for example,
200, or 270); and click Save.
l & On
a e
13. Select the Complete check box and click Next Incomplete.
n
t e r U s
The third task, Calculate Software and Travel Expense, is displayed. This is a
Business Rule task that displays the Finbud Calculate Expenses business rule

I n
in the Launch Business Rule page.

l e
14. Select the IncStmt - Rule - Finbud Calculate Expenses business rule and click Launch.

c
r a The message NA Expenses was successful is displayed.
15. Select Complete.
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 269
Lesson 25 Creating Task Lists
Solutions

16. From the View menu, select Task Lists > Status.
17. Review the status of the task list.
18. Select View > Advanced Mode.
19. Log off and exit Workspace.

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
270 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 26 Migrating Applications and Artifacts
Solutions

Lesson 26 Migrating Applications and Artifacts

Solution 26.1 Migrating Artifacts


In this exercise you view, search for and migrate application artifacts.

Logging on to Shared Ser vices


1. Log on to Shared Services.
2. Enter username trnadmin and password hyperion.
3. Click Log On.

Searching for artifacts


1. In the Application Management panel, expand Shared Services, Application Groups,
and Planning Training Applications nodes.
2. Select hyplan.
The artifacts, sorted into categories, are displayed in the right hand panel.
m y
3. Select the Search Artifacts tab.
d e
4. In the Artifact Name field, enter Verify*.
c a
TIP

e A
c l
If you do not know the exact name, you may use the * as a wildcard. For
example, you may know that the desired web form begins with an A, so enter A*

a
to search on all artifacts within the Planning application that begins with an A.
r
O ly
5. Click Search.

l & On
n a e
6. Select the VerifyLoad_Mich, VerifyLoad_IS, and VerifyLoad_BS data forms by checking
the boxes to the left of the artifacts.

Migrating artifacts t e r U s
I n
1. With artifacts selected in the Artifact List pane, click Define Migration.

c l e
The Migration Wizard is displayed.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 271
Lesson 26 Migrating Applications and Artifacts
Solutions

2. Click Next.
The Destination panel is displayed.
3. Select Planning Training Applications:finbud as the destination application.
4. Click Next.
5. Review the Destination Options and click Next.
6. Review the Migration Summary and select Save Migration Definition to save the
migration to a file for later use.
7. Navigate to C:\CF\PLN_CMA and enter the file name hyplan verify data forms.
8. Click Save.
9. Click Close.
10. Select Execute Migration.
The message Migration has been started is displayed.
11. Select Launch Migration Status Report.
The report information is displayed.

m y
12. Select View Details to review migration information.
13. Select File > Exit and Yes to exit Shared Services Console.
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
272 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 27 Building Classic Applications
Solutions

Lesson 27 Building Classic Applications

Solution 27.1 Creating Planning Applications


In this exercise, you create configure a data source and create a Planning Classic
application.

Logging onto Workspace


1. Log on to Workspace as trnadmin with hyperion as the password.
2. Click Log On.

Creating applications using Classic Application Wizard


1. From Workspace, select Navigate > Administer > Classic Application Administration >
Planning Administration.
The Classic Application Wizard is displayed.
2. Click Create Application.
m y
The Select panel is displayed.

d e
3. Specify data source details:

c a
Field Value

e A
Data Source
Application
budplan
budplan
c l
Shared Services Project
r a
Planning Training Applications
Instance
O ly
Planning

4. Click Next.
l & On
n a e
t e r
The Calendar panel is displayed.
5. Configure calendar details:
U s
Field I n Value

l e
Base Time Period
c 12 Months

O ra Fiscal Start Year


Fiscal Start Month
2008
January

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 273


Lesson 27 Building Classic Applications
Solutions

Weekly Distribution 445


Total Years 3

6. Click Next.
The Currencies panel is displayed.
7. Accept default currency options:
Currency: USD
Multicurrency application?: Yes
8. Click Next.
The Plan Types panel is displayed.
9. Configure Plan Types:
Plan Type1: Incstmt
Plan Type 2: Balsheet
Plan Type 3: Deselect this option and clear the field.
10. Click Next.
m y
The Finish panel is displayed.
d e
11. Verify the settings that you selected and click Finish.
c a
A
The following message is displayed: Congratulations! You have successfully

e
l
created a new Planning application.

c
Navigate -> Applications menu.
r a
12. At the successful Planning application message, select here first to refresh workspace

O ly
13. To verify that the application was created, select Navigate > Applications > Planning.

l & On
Budplan is now displayed in the application list. If you do not see the application

a e
listed, refresh the Application menu.

n
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
274 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications

Solution 28.1 Building Planning dimensions using Dimension Editor


In this exercise, you add metadata to your classic Planning applications using Dimension
Editor.

Adding Currencies
1. Open the BudPlan Planning application, and select Administration > Dimensions.
The Dimension Editor dialog box is displayed.
2. From Dimensions, select Currency.
The default currency code, USD, is displayed.
3. Select USD, and click Edit.
The Edit Currency dialog box is displayed.
Note the property values of the USD currency codespecifically that Reporting
Currency is selected for the default application currency.
m y
4. Make the following selections:
d e
In the Thousands Separator drop-down list, select Comma.
c a
In the Negative Color drop-down list, select Red.

e A
5. Click Save to save your changes.
c l
r a
The Dimensions tab is displayed.

Adding Standard Currencies O ly


l & On
1. From the Dimension editor, ensure that Currency is selected, and then click Add.

n a e
The Create Currency dialog box is displayed, with the default Select standard

t e r U s
currencies option selected.

n
2. In the Code list, select EUR.
I
c l e
3. Select the Reporting Currency check box.
4. Click Save.

r a
5. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 4 to add the following currency codes:

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 275
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

GBP (British pound)


JPY (Japanese yen)
SGD (Singapore dollar)

Refreshing the Essbase Databases


1. Select Administration > Manage Database.
The Manage Database window is displayed.
2. Select Database, and clear the Security Filters check box.
3. Click Refresh to update the Essbase databases.
4. At the Manage Database prompt click Refresh to continue.
The database update may take a few moments.
5. When the process is complete, click Finish.

Setting Up Budget Exchange Rates


1. Select Administration > Manage Exchange Rates.
m y
The Exchange Rate Tables window is displayed.
d e
2. To add a new exchange rate table, click Create.

c a
A
3. In the New Exchange Rate Table dialog box, enter the following details:

e
c l
In the Name text box, type BudPlan Budget and Forecast.
In the Description text box, type Foreign Exchange Rates for All Budgeted Numbers.
4. Click Save. r a
O ly
5. In the Exchange Rate Tables list, select BudPlan Budget and Forecast and click Edit to

l
open the exchange rate table.& On
a e
6. Clear BegBalance and Historical and click Next.
n
e r
7. For Show Years, select FY09.
t U s
n
The Exchange Rates window is displayed.
I
c l e
r a
O
276 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

8. Enter budget rates by specifying the following conversions. Use the Fill Table option
to fill in the rates for the years 20092010.

To From Average Rate Ending Rate


USD EUR 1.1291 1.1516
USD GBP 1.6156 1.6317
USD JPY 0.008489 0.008658
USD SGD 0.56969 0.57538

9. After you finish entering the rates, click Save, and OK.
10. Click Close to close the Manage Exchange Rates window.

Creating Scenarios
1. Select Administration > Dimensions.
2. From Dimensions, select Scenario.
3. Select Current and click Edit.
4. For Scenario, change Current to Actual.
m y
5. Set up Actual with the following properties:
d e
Field Value
c a
Scenario Actual

e A
Description
l
Actuals
c
Start Year
Start Period r a
FY08
Jan
End Year O ly
FY08
End Period
l & On Dec
Exchange Rate Table
n a e none
Enabled for Process
Management
t e r U s cleared

6. Click Save. I n
c l e
7. Click Add Sibling.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 277
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

8. Add a Budget scenario with the following properties:

Field Value
Scenario Budget
Description Current Years Budget
Start Year FY09
Start Period Jan
End Year FY10
End Period Dec
Exchange Rate Table BudPlan Budget and Forecast
Data Storage Store
Enabled for Process selected
Management

9. Click Save.
10. Select Budget and click Copy Scenario.
11. Create the Forecast scenario with the following properties:
m y
Field Value
d e
Scenario Forecast
c a
Description
Start Year
Forecasted Values
FY09
e A
Start Period Jan
c l
End Year
r
FY10a
End Period
O ly
Dec
Exchange Rate Table

l & On
BudPlan Budget and Forecast
Data Storage

n a e Store
Enabled for Process
Management

t e r U sselected

12. Click Save.


I n
c l e
r a
O
278 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

Creating Versions
1. From Dimensions, select Version.
2. Select BU Version_1 and click Edit.
3. For Version, change BU Version_1 to Draft 1.
4. Set up Draft 1 with the following properties:

Field Value
Version Draft 1
Type Standard Bottom Up
Data Storage Store
Enabled for Process Enabled
Management

5. Click Save.
6. Click Add Sibling.
7. Set up Draft 2 with the following properties:

m y
Field Value

d e
Version
Type
Draft 2
Standard Bottom Up
c a
Data Storage Store

e A
Enabled for Process
Management l
Enabled
c
r a
8. Click Save.
O ly
9. Click Add Sibling.
l & On
a e
10. Set up a Final version with the following properties:

n
Field

t e r U s Value
Version
Type I n Final
Standard Bottom Up

l e
Data Storage
c Store

Ora Enabled for Process


Management
Enabled

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 279


Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

11. Click Save.


12. Click Add Sibling.
13. Set up a Working version with the following properties:

Field Value
Version Working
Type Standard Bottom Up
Data Storage Store
Enabled for Process Cleared
Management

14. Click Save.


15. Click Add Sibling.
16. Set up a Scratch version with the following properties:

Field Value
Version Scratch

m y
Type
Data Storage
Standard Bottom Up
Store
d e
Enabled for Process Cleared
c a
Management

e A
17. Click Save.
c l
r a
18. Set up a Target version with the following properties:

Field O ly
Value
Version
l & On
Target
Type

n a e Standard Target
Data Storage
Enabled for Process
t e r U s Store
Cleared
Management
I n
l e
Refreshing the Essbase Databases
c
r a
1. Select Administration > Manage Database.

O The Manage Database window is displayed.

280 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

2. Select Database, and clear the Security Filters check box.


3. Click Refresh to update the Essbase databases.
4. At the Manage Database prompt click Refresh to continue.
The database update may take a few moments.
5. When the process is complete, click Finish.

Refreshing the Currency Conversions Calculation Scripts


1. Select Administration > Manage Currency Conversion.
2. In the Currency Conversion Script File text box, type PlanCurB, and click Next.
3. Use member selection and select all currencies, scenarios, and bottom-up versions.
4. Click Save.
5. Click Create New.
6. In the Currency Conversion Script File text box, type PlanCurT, and click Next.
7. Use member selection and select all currencies, scenarios, and target versions.
8. Click Save.
m y
d e
Creating Alias Tables
c a
1. Select Administration > Alias Tables.

e A
2. Click Add.
3. Enter German and click OK.
c l
r a
The German alias table is added.
O ly
Setting Up the Entity Dimension
l & On
a e
1. Select Administration > Dimensions.
n
t e r U s
2. From Dimensions, select Entity.

I n
3. On Dimensions, click Add Child.
4. Add the member Worldwide with the following properties:

c l e
r a Field
Name
Value
Worldwide

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 281
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

Alias (Default) Worldwide Location


Data Storage Store
Base Currency USD
Plan Type Incstmt Addition
Plan Type Balsheet Addition

5. Click Save.
6. On Dimensions, select Worldwide and click Add Child.
7. Add the member North America with the following properties:

Field Value
Name North America
Alias (Default) NA Region
Data Storage Store
Base Currency USD
Plan Type Incstmt
Plan Type Balsheet
Addition
Addition
m y
d e
8. Click Save.

c a
Setting Up the Account Dimension
e A
1. From Dimensions, select Account.
c l
2. On Dimensions, click Add Child.
r a
O ly
3. Add the member Income Statement with the following properties:

Field
l & On
Value
Name
n a e Income Statement
Alias (Default)
Account Type
t e r U s Revenue

I n
Variance Reporting Non-Expense

l e
Time Balance

c
Flow

r a Skip
Exchange Rate Type
None
Average
O
282 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

Data Storage Store


Two Pass Calculation Cleared
Plan Type Valid for Incstmt
Addition
Source Plan Type Incstmt
Smart Lists None
Data Type Currency

4. Click Save.

Creating User-Defined Dimensions


1. Click Add Dimension.
2. Add a Customer dimension with the following properties:

Field Value
Dimension
Alias (Default)
Customer

m y
Description
d e
Valid for Plan Types
Apply Security
Incstmt
Selected
c a
Data Storage Never Share
e A
Two Pass Calculation
c l
Cleared

3. Click Save. r a
O ly
4. At the confirmation message, click OK.

l & On
5. From Dimensions, select Customer.

n a e
6. Click Custom Attributes to display the Manage Attributes and Values dialog box.

t e r U s
7. Above Attributes in Customer on the left, click Create to display the Create Attribute
dialog box.
I n
c l e
8. Enter information for the attribute:

r aField Value

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 283
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

Name Salesrep
Data Type Text

9. Click Save.
10. Click Cancel.
11. Above Attribute Values on the right, click Create to display the Create Attribute Value
dialog box.
12. Enter information for the attribute:

Field Value
Name Tom Baker

13. Click Save.


14. Click Cancel.
15. Click Close.

Setting Up the Customer Dimension


m y
1. From Dimensions, select Customer.
d e
2. On Dimensions, click Add Child.
c a
A
3. On Member Properties, add the member All Customers with the following properties:

e
Field
c
Value
l
Name
a
All Customers
r
Description
Alias (Default) O ly
Data Storage
l & On
Store
Two-Pass Calculation
n a e Cleared
Plan Type

t e r U s Valid for Incstmt

Smart Lists I n Ignore


None

l e
Data Type
c
Unspecified

r a
4. Click Save.

O
284 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

5. Select All Customers, and click Add Child.


6. On Member Properties, add the member National Accounts with the following
properties:

Field Value
Name National Accounts
Description
Alias (Default)
Data Storage Store
Two-Pass Calculation Cleared
Plan Type Valid for Incstmt
Addition
Smart Lists None
Data Type Unspecified

7. Click Save.
8. Select National Accounts, and click Add Child.
m y
9. On Member Properties, add the member N001 with the following properties:
d e
Field Value
c a
Name N001

e A
Description
Alias (Default)
c l
Alliance Merchandise
Data Storage
r a
Store
Two-Pass Calculation O ly
Cleared
Plan Type
l & OnValid for Incstmt

n a e Addition
Smart Lists
Data Type
t e r U s None
Unspecified

I n
c l e
10. On Attribute Values, select Tom Baker and click Add.
11. Click Save.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 285
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

Refreshing the Essbase Databases


1. Select Administration > Manage Database.
The Manage Database window is displayed.
2. Select Database, and clear the Security Filters check box.
3. Click Refresh to update the Essbase databases.
4. At the Manage Database prompt click Refresh to continue.
The database update may take a few moments.
5. When the process is complete, click Finish.

Solution 28.2 Loading Information into Planning Classic


Applications
In this exercise, you load metadata, and data and import data forms to your classic
Planning applications.

Loading Metadata
m y
BudPlan.
d e
In this part of the exercise, you use the Outline Load utility to load metadata into

c a
Launching the Outline Load Utility

e A
l
1. Select Start > Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.

c
a
2. Enter cd\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin.
r
Loading Entities O ly
l & On
First you test the load file by using the flag /N to perform a dry run. Then you load the
entities.

n a e
t e r
1. Enter the following command:

U s
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M /N

I n
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\EntityAllClassic.csv /D:Entity

c l e
/X:c:\EntityOutlineLoad.exc
2. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.

r a
O
286 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

3. Verify that all records were read and processed.


Records will not be loaded because the /N option performs a dry run.
4. If any records were rejected, review the EntityOutlineLoad.exc file and fix the load
file.
5. To load entities, enter the following command:
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\EntityAllClassic.csv /D:Entity
/X:c:\EntityOutlineLoad.exc
6. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
7. Verify that all records were read and processed.

Loading Accounts
1. Enter the following command:
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M /N
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\AccountAllClassic.csv /D:Account
/X:c:\AccountOutlineLoad.exc

m y
2. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.

d e
3. Verify that all records were read and processed.

c a
Records will not be loaded because the /N option performs a dry run.

e A
4. If any records were rejected, review the AccountOutlineLoad.exc file and fix the load
file.
c l
r a
5. To load accounts, enter the following command:

O ly
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M

l
/X:c:\AccountOutlineLoad.exc & On
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\AccountAllClassic.csv /D:Account

n a e
6. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.

e r s
7. Verify that all records were read and processed.
t U
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 287
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

Loading Salesreps
You load the Salesrep members before loading the Customer dimension so that salesrep
assignments can be loaded at the same time as the customers are loaded.
1. Enter the following command:
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M /N
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\SalesrepAllClassic.csv
/DA:Salesrep:Customer /X:c:\SalesrepOutlineLoad.exc
Note: for attribute dimensions, you must use the option /DA rather than /D.
2. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
3. Verify that all records were read and processed.
Records will not be loaded because the /N option performs a dry run.
4. If any records were rejected, review the SalesrepOutlineLoad.exc file and fix the load
file.
5. To load salesreps, enter the following command:
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\SalesrepAllClassic.csv
m y
/DA:Salesrep:Customer /X:c:\SalesrepOutlineLoad.exc

d e
6. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
7. Verify that all records were read and processed. c a
e A
Loading Customers
c l
1. Enter the following command:
r a
O ly
OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M /N
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\CustomerAllClassic.csv /D:Customer

l
/X:c:\CustomerOutlineLoad.exc& On
a e
2. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
n
e r s
3. Verify that all records were read and processed.
t U
n
Records will not be loaded because the /N option performs a dry run.
I
c l e
4. If any records were rejected, review the CustomerOutlineLoad.exc file and fix the
load file.

r a
O
288 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

5. To load customers, enter the following command:


OutlineLoad /A:BudPlan /U:trnadmin /M
/I:c:\CF\PLN_CMA\Classic_Files\CustomerAllClassic.csv /D:Customer
/X:c:\CustomerOutlineLoad.exc
6. At the password prompt, enter hyperion.
7. Verify that all records were read and processed.

Refreshing the Essbase Databases


1. Select Administration > Manage Database.
The Manage Database window is displayed.
2. Select Database, and clear the Security Filters check box.
3. Click Refresh to update the Essbase databases.
4. At the Manage Database prompt click Refresh to continue.
The database update may take a few moments.
5. When the process is complete, click Finish.

m y
Loading Data
d e
c a
In this part of the exercise, you use Essbase Administration Services Console to load
data into BudPlan.

e A
1. From the Planning folder on the desktop, double-click Start Administration Services
Console.
c l
r a
2. From the Administration Server drop-down list, select the win2k3ent server.

O ly
3. Enter the user name trnadmin and the password hyperion and click OK.
4. Expand the following nodes:
l & On
Essbase Servers
n a e
localhost
t e r U s
I
Applications
n
c l e
BudPlan
5. From the BudPlan application list, select Incstmt.

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 289
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

6. From the Actions menu, select Load data for Incstmt.


The Data Load dialog box is displayed.
7. Click Find Data File.
The Open dialog box is displayed.
8. Select the File System tab.
9. Browse to C:\CF\PLN_CMA and select the IncData.txt file.
10. Click OK.
The Data Load dialog box is displayed again.
11. Click OK.
The Data Load Completed window is displayed and indicates whether the file
loaded with no errors.
12. Click Close.
13. Repeat steps 5 through 12 to load BalData.txt into the Balsheet database.

Calculating the Essbase Administration Ser vices Databases


m y
e
1. With the BudPlan:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select
d
Execute calculation for Incstmt.

c a
2. From the Calculation Script list, select HspCRtB to run the copy exchange rates for the
bottom-up versions calculation script and click OK.

e A
l
3. With the BudPlan:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select
c
Execute calculation for Incstmt.

r a
4. From the Calculation Script list, select HspCRtT to run the copy exchange rates for the
O ly
target versions calculation script and click OK.

l & On
5. With the BudPlan:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select

a e
Execute calculation for Incstmt.

n
t e r U s
6. From the Calculation Script list, select PlanCurB to run the copy exchange rates for
the bottom-up versions calculation script and click OK.

I n
7. With the BudPlan:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select

c l e
Execute calculation for Incstmt.
8. From the Calculation Script list, select PlanCurT to run the copy exchange rates for

r athe target versions calculation script and click OK.

O
290 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

9. With the BudPlan:Incstmt database still selected, from the Actions menu, select
Execute calculation for Incstmt.
10. From the Calculation Script list, select (default) to run the default CALC ALL
calculation script and click OK.
11. Repeat steps 1 through10 to calculate the BudPlan:Balsheet database.
12. Exit Essbase Administration Services.

Importing Data Forms


In this part of the exercise, you export data forms from hyplan and then import data forms
into BudPlan.
1. From the Windows desktop, select Start > Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. At the command prompt, enter CD\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin and press Enter.
The current folder is changed to the bin folder.
3. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd export Verify Scratch Business Rules
win2k3ent trnadmin HYPlan and press Enter.
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd export
m y
<data form name> <planning server name> <user name> <application>
4. Enter the password hyperion at the prompt.
d e
c a
5. If prompted that the form already exists, enter Y to overwrite the existing form.
A
The following message is displayed: Form exported complete.
e
c l
6. To confirm the export, enter dir *.xml and press Enter.

r a
The Verify Scratch Business Rules.xml file is displayed.

O ly
7. At the command prompt, ensure that you are in the hyperion\products\planning\bin

l & On
directory. If you are not in the directory, at the command line, type
CD\hyperion\products\planning\bin.

n a e
8. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd import Verify Scratch Business Rules.xml

e r s
win2k3ent trnadmin BudPlan and press Enter.
t U
n
The syntax for importing a data form definition file is:
I
c l e
Formdefutil.cmd import <file name> <planning server name> <user name>
<application>

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 291
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

9. Enter hyperion for the password.


The following message is displayed: Form imported complete.
NOTE
If an error is encountered, check the
C:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin\FormDefUtil.log file.

10. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd export Verify Business Rules win2k3ent
trnadmin HYPlan and press Enter.
The syntax for exporting data forms to an XML file is Formdefutil.cmd export
<data form name> <planning server name> <user name> <application>
11. Enter the password hyperion at the prompt.
12. If prompted that the form already exists, enter Y to overwrite the existing form.
The following message is displayed: Form exported complete.
13. To confirm the export, enter dir *.xml and press Enter.
The Verify Business Rules.xml file is displayed.
14. At the command prompt, ensure that you are in the hyperion\products\planning\bin m y
directory. If you are not in the directory, at the command line, type
d e
CD\hyperion\products\planning\bin.

c a
win2k3ent trnadmin BudPlan and press Enter.
e A
15. At the command prompt, enter Formdefutil.cmd import Verify Business Rules.xml

c l
The syntax for importing a data form definition file is:

r a
Formdefutil.cmd import <file name> <planning server name> <user name>
<application>
O ly
& On
16. Enter hyperion for the password.

l
a e
17. The following message is displayed: Form imported complete.

n
t e r U s
18. At the command prompt, enter Exit and press Enter.

I n
Setting Up Substitution Variables

c l e
1. From the Planning folder, double-click Start Administration Services Console.
2. From the Administration Server drop-down list, select the <win2k3ent> server, enter

r athe user name trnadmin and the password hyperion, and click OK.

O
292 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 28 Setting Up Classic Applications
Solutions

3. Expand the following nodes:


Essbase Servers
localhost
4. Right-click localhost and select Create > Variable.
The New Variable dialog box is displayed.
5. Enter the following information and click OK.

Field Value
Essbase Server localhost
Application BudPlan
Database Incstmt
Name ActYear
Value FY08

6. Right-click localhost and select Create > Variable.


The New Variable dialog box is displayed.
m y
7. Enter the following information and click OK.
d e
Field Value
c a
Essbase Server localhost

e A
Application
Database
BudPlan
Balsheet
c l
Name ActYear
r a
Value FY08
O ly
l & On
8. Repeat steps 4 through 7 to create a variable named BudYear with FY09 for the value.

n a e
t e r
9. Exit Essbase Administration Services.

U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 293
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic


Applications

Solution 29.1 Creating a Business Rule to Clear and Copy Data


In this exercise, you create a business rule to clear data from a scratch version. Next,
you copy data into the scratch version to seed it. This exercise assumes that the
Administration Services Server is running and that you are logged in to hyplan in
Workspace.

Creating Business Rules


1. From the Planning folder on the Windows desktop, launch Start Administration Services
Console.
2. Connect to the server and log on as user trnadmin with hyperion for the password.
3. In the navigation frame, expand Business Rules, Repository View.
4. Right-click Rules and select New Rule.

m y
The Rule Editor is displayed in a new window.

d e
5. In the left pane, select the BR Language tab.

c a
Clearing Data

e A
win2k3ent, BudPlan.
c l
1. In the Select outline drop-down list, select Select outline, and expand Planning,

2. Select Incstmt. Click OK. r a


O ly
3. On the BR Language - Graphical palette in the left pane, double-click the Clear Data
component.
l & On
a e
The Clear Data component is added to the process bar.
n
t e r U s
4. With Clear Data selected, on the Overview tab, select Clear entire block.

n
5. In the Clear entire block drop-down list, select All.
I
c l e
6. For the Version dimension, click the lookup button
The Multiple Select dialog box is displayed.
.

r a
7. Select Scratch for the version, and click OK.

O
294 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

Setting Source and Destination Members


In this part of the exercise, you set up the dimension members that are different for the
source and destination. You set up the year, scenario, and version for the source and
target values. You want to copy Budget, Working data from the current year to Budget,
Scratch data in the current year.
1. On the Components palette, double-click the Copy Data component.
The Copy Data component is added to the process bar.
2. With Destination selected, for the Year dimension, click the lookup button .
The Single Select dialog box is displayed.
3. Select FY09 and click OK.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to select Budget for the Scenario dimension and Scratch for the
Version dimension.
5. Change the name of the destination to Current Scratch Budget.
6. With Select Source selected, ensure that FY09 and Budget are selected.
7. For Select Source, select the following value:

m y
Dimension
Version
Value
Working
d e
c a
A
8. Select the Select Source component and change the name to Working Budget Data.

e
9. Click Save.

c l
a
10. In the Save As dialog box, enter the following information and click OK:

r
Field Value
O ly
Name
Description
l & On
CopytoScratch
Copy Net Sales Accounts from
a e
Working to Scratch
n
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 295
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

Setting the Copy Range for Account, Period, and Entity


For this part of the exercise, you want to specify that data for all level 0 members of
South, all level 0 members of YearTotal, and all level 0 accounts of Net Sales should be
copied.
1. In Selected Values for Current Scratch Budget for Period, click the lookup button
.
The Multiple Select dialog box is displayed.
2. Select YearTotal.
3. In the Relationship drop-down list, select Level 0 Descendants and add your selection
to the Selected area.
4. Click OK.
5. In Selected Values for Current Scratch Budget for Account, click the lookup button
.
The Multiple Select dialog box is displayed.
6. Select Net Sales.
TIP
m y
Statement, Net Income, IBT, Operating Margin, Gross Profit.
d e
You can find the Net Sales account by expanding the following accounts: Income

c a
A
7. In the Relationship drop-down list, select Level 0 Descendants and add your selection
e
to the Selected area.

c l
8. Click OK.
r a
O ly
The Rule Editor window is displayed.

l
@Level_0_DESCENDANTS(South).& On
9. Repeat steps 5 through 7, setting the member selection for Entity to

TIP
n a e
e r s
You can find the South entity by expanding the following accounts: Worldwide,
North America.
t U
I n
c l e
a
10. Click OK to return to the Rule Editor window.

r
O
296 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

Adjusting Data
In this part of the exercise, you specify that the data values should be increased by
15 percent.
1. On the Overview tab of the Copy Data component, select Apply calculation.
2. Select + on the process bar.
3. In the Select operator list, select X for multiplication.
4. Select Number on the process bar
5. In the Specify number text box, type 1.15.
6. Click Save.

Calculating the Database


Now that you have created a rule that copies data to the level 0 members of Budget, you
need to calculate the database so that the data is aggregated to the parent members.
Because the Net Sales account is dynamic calculation, you do not need to include the
Account dimension in the aggregation.
1. Drag the Aggregate Data component from the BR Language - Graphical palette to the
process bar, placing it to the right of the Copy Data component. m y
The property tabs for the Aggregate Data component are displayed.
d e
c a
2. On the Overview tab, from the Value Type column for Entity, select User defined.
3. In the Entity row, click the lookup button
e
. A
l
The Multiple Select dialog box is displayed.
c
r a
4. Select South and, in the Relationships drop-down list, select Descendants (inc) and
click the arrow to move to the Selected area.
O ly
@Descendants_including(South) is displayed in the Selected area.
5. Click OK.
l & On
n a e
The Rule Editor window is displayed.

t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 297
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

6. After setting the value type of the following dimensions to User Defined, make these
member selections:

Dimension Value
Year FY09
Scenario Budget
Version Scratch

7. Select Aggregate missing values in the database.


8. On the Locations tab, click Add and select Planning/win2k3ent/BudPlan/Incstmt.
9. Click OK.

Assigning Access
1. Select the Access Privileges tab, and click Add.
The Add Privilege dialog box is displayed.
2. In the Privilege drop-down list, select Validate or launch.
3. In the Available list, select users trnadmin.
m y
4. Add your selections to the Selected area.
d e
5. Click OK.
c a
6. On the Access Privileges tab, click Add.

e A
l
7. In the Privilege drop-down list, select Modify rule repository objects.
c
r a
8. In the Available list, select user trnadmin.

O ly
9. Add your selection to the Selected area and click OK.
10. Click Save.
l & On
Validating the Business Rule
n a e
1. Click Validate.
t e r U s
I n
The Validate dialog box is displayed.

l e
2. Click Validate and, at the Validation Complete prompt, click OK.

c
a
3. Click Close.
r
O
298 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

Testing the Business Rule


1. In Planning, select the Verify BR folder, and open the Verify Scratch Business Rule data
form.
2. In the Page drop-down list, select entity 230, N001, Working and click Go.
3. Enter the following data:

Account Jan Feb Mar Q1


4200-100 1000 1500 2000
4200-200 8000
4200-300 6000

4. In the Page drop-down list, select entity 230, N001, Scratch and click Go.
Verify that there is no data in the Scratch version.
5. Select Tools > Business Rules.
6. Select the Incstmt plan type.
7. Select the Incstmt - Rule - CopytoScratch rule and click Launch.
m y
A message is displayed when the rule is run successfully.

d e
c a
8. Open the Verify Scratch Business Rules data form and verify that the Budget, Working,
FY09 data was copied to Budget, FY09, Scratch with a 15 percent increase.
9. In the Page drop-down list, select South and click Go.
e A
c l
The aggregated data for South, Budget, FY09, Scratch is displayed.
10. Minimize Workspace.
r a
O ly
Solution 29.2
l & On
Creating a Business Rule Using Formulas

n a e
In this exercise, you create a business rule for calculating travel and software expenses

t e r U s
for North America based on headcount and standard rates.

I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 299
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

Creating New Business Rules


1. On the Enterprise tab of the Administration Services Console, expand Business Rules
and Repository View.
2. Right-click Rules and select New Rule.
The Rule Editor is displayed in a new window.
3. Select the BR Language tab.
4. From the Select Outline drop-down list, select Select outline.
5. Expand Planning, win2k3ent, BudPlan, and select Incstmt, and click OK.

Setting the Business Rule Range


The Global Range specifies the portion of the database that is the same for the entire
business rule. In this rule, you calculate the travel and software expenses for the Budget
scenario, and the Working version for FY09. The calculation is performed for all
descendants of North America; because operating expenses are not stored by customer,
you use the No Customer member. For most business rules, use Local for currency. All
of these members are used throughout the business rule.
1. On the process bar, click (global range).
m y
2. On the Range tab, make the following selections:
d e
Dimension Value
c a
Period Level 0 Descendants of YearTotal

e A
Year FY09
c l
Scenario
Version r a
Budget
Working
Currency O ly
Local
Entity
l & On
Descendants of North America
Customer
n a e No Customer

t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
300 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

Adding a Formula for Travel Expenses


You use the Units-Rates formula to calculate travel expenses for each combination of an
entity and the no customer member.The business rule uses the formula
Amounts = Units * Rates. In this section, you use the following formula: Travel Other
expense = Headcount * T&E Rate.

1. On the Components panel at the left of the window, from the Units-Rates formulas,
m y
double-click Amount = Units x Rates.
The Units-Rates formula is displayed on the process bar.
d e
NOTE
c a
A
For this rule, you calculate the amount or destination represented by account
e
c l
5240 (Travel Other). Units is represented by account 6000 (Headcount), and
rates is represented by account 6010 (T&E Rate).

r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 301
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

2. Set up the following dimension properties, which specify the label of each block and
the Destination, Units, and Rate accounts for this formula:
Destination:

Field Description
<Destination> label NA Travel Expenses
Account 5240 (Travel Other)

Units:

Field Description
<Select location for Units> label Operating Center Headcount
Account 6000 (Headcount)

Rate:

Field Description
<Select location for Rate> label
Account
Travel Rate
6010 (T&E Rate)
m y
d e
Adding a Formula for Software Expenses
c a
e A
You use the Units-Rates formula to calculate software expenses for each combination of
an entity and the no customer member by multiplying headcount for each entity by the
software expense rate.
c l
r a
1. On the Components panel at the left of the window, from the Units-Rates formulas,
double-click Amount = Units*Rates.
O ly
& On
The Units-Rates formula is displayed on the process bar.

l
NOTE

n a e
For this rule, you calculate the amount or destination represented by account

t e r U s
5350 (Software Expense). Units is represented by account 6000 (Headcount),
and rates is represented by account 6020 (Software Rate).

I n
c l e
r a
O
302 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

2. Set up the following dimension properties, which specify the label of each block and
the Destination, Units, and Rate accounts for this formula:
Destination:

Field Description
<Destination> label NA Software Expenses
Account 5350 (Software Expense)

Units:

Field Description
<Select location for Units> label Operating Center Headcount
Account 6000 (Headcount)

Rate:

Field Description
<Select location for Rate> label
Account
Software Rate
6020 (Software Rate)
m y
d e
3. Select the Locations tab.

ca
4. Click Add, select Planning/win2k3ent/BudPlan/Incstmt, and click OK.

e A
l
5. On the Access Privileges tab, assign the following access:

c
Users
trnadmin r a Privilege
Validate or launch
trnadmin O ly Modify rule repository objects

l & On
6. Click Save.

n a e
t e r U s
7. Enter the following information in the Save As dialog box:

Field
Name I n Value
NA Expenses

c l e
Description Headcount driven expenses

r a
8. Click OK.
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 303
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

9. Click Validate.
The Validate dialog box is displayed.
10. Click Validate, and at the Validation Complete prompt click OK.
11. Click Close.

Testing Business Rules


1. In Planning, open the Verify Business Rules data form.
2. In the Page area, make the following selections and click Go:

Dimension Value
Entity 200
Customer No Customer
Scenario Budget
Version Working
Year FY09

3. Enter the data for Jan according to the following table.


m y
d e
Entity
200
Account
6000
Jan Value
12
c a
6010 60

e A
6020 75

c l
205 6000
6010
14

r
50 a
6020
O ly
75
210 6000
l & On
10
6010

n a e 50

220
6020
6000
t e r U s 65
18

I n
6010 50

225
c l e 6020
6000
75
25

O ra 6010
6020
60
75

304 Planning: Create and Manage Applications


Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

Entity Account Jan Value


230 6000 19
6010 50
6020 75
240 6000 23
6010 65
6020 75

TIP
Remember to save data before selecting the next entity from the Pages drop-
down list. After making a new selection from the Pages drop-down list, click Go.

4. Select Tools > Business Rules.


5. Select Incstmt - Rule - NA Expenses and click Launch.
The NA Expenses was successful message is displayed.
6. On the Verify Business Rules data form, verify that the 5240 (Travel Other) and 5350
(Software Expense) accounts were calculated correctly.
m y
Entity Account Value
d e
200 5240 720
c a
5350 900

e A
205 5240
5350
700

c
1050 l
210 5240
r a
500
5350
O ly
650
220 5240
5350
l & On900
1350
225 5240
n a e 1500
5350
t e r U s 1875
230
I n
5240
5350
950
1425
240
c l e 5240 1495

r a 5350 1725

O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 305
Lesson 29 Setting Up Business Rules for Classic Applications
Solutions

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
306 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
C a s e S t u d y 1

Case Study 1

Case Study Objectives


While completing this case study, you will do the following:
Set up a Planning application
Define dimensions
Load dimension members by using Performance Management
Architect
Add a member formula
Load data in Essbase
m y
Copy data
d e
Assign security

c a
Create data forms

e
Create Business Rule calculations A
c l
Verify application setup and calculations
Create a task list r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
Case Study

Overview
The World Wide Delivery Service Company (WWDS) is an international delivery service
that serves commercial, government, and residential clients worldwide. WWDS offers a
variety of delivery services, such as same day, next day, priority, and regular delivery.
WWDS has just purchased Planning to manage its budget and forecast process. As the
administrator, your objective is to implement the 2009 budget and forecast for 20092011.
NOTE
Read through the entire case study before beginning. Phase I provides the details
needed to set up the application, define dimensions, and load data. Phase II
provides the details to assign security, create data forms, create calculations, and
create a task list.

Phase I: Setting Up the WWDS Planning Application


In Phase I, you will perform the following tasks:
Set up the WWDS Planning application
Define dimensions
m y
Load members into Planning by using Performance Management Architect
d e
Add a member formula
c a
Load data in Essbase
Copy data to new points of view
e A
c l
a
NOTE

r
The metadata and data load files are located in C:\CF\PLN_CMA\CaseStudy.

O ly
Name your dimensions as follows: WWDSEntity, WWDSAccount,
WWDSAlias, WWDSService, WWDSClient. This method will help ensure that

l & On
the metadata load files will work as provided.

n a e
t e r U s
Creating the WWDS Planning Application

I n
The WWDS management team is providing you with their decisions and requirements for
Planning implementation. You need to set up the WWDS Planning application based on

l e
their specifications, which are provided below.
c
r a
The IT department created the WWDS Oracle database and universal data link (UDL).
The data source name (DSN) was registered.
O
308 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Case Study

The WWDS management team decided to budget only revenue and expense items
from their profit and loss statement (PandL) at this time.
WWDS requires the application to store 5 years of data starting in January 2007. 2007
is used to store prior years actual data. 2008 is used to store actual data and
2009-2011 is used to store budget data.
WWDS budgets on a monthly basis, using the bottom-up method, and uses the Even
weekly distribution option for all expenses.
WWDS is based in the United States, but it has offices worldwide where planners
input data in their local currencies.
Create and deploy the application dimensions in Performance Management Architect.
The relational data source WWDS was created. You need to create the Essbase
database for the application. Register the WWDS application to the existing Planning
Training Applications application group.

Defining Dimensions and Members


In this phase of the implementation, you add dimensions and dimension members to the
WWDS Planning application based on the information provided below.
m y
Setting Up Currencies and Exchange Rates
d e
The following currencies are required:
U.S. dollar (default) - USD c a
Canadian dollar - CAD
e A
European euro - EUR
c l
British pound - GBP
r a
Mexican peso - MXN
O ly
Singapore dollar - SGD
l & On
a e
All users can view information in EUR, SGD, and USD. Use the comma to separate 1000s

n
NOTE
t e r
for all currencies. Display negative numbers in red for all currencies.

U s
I n
Ensure that the WWDSCurrency dimension is valid for only Plan1.

c l e
r a
Creating Scenarios and Versions
You need to define the scenarios and versions that will define the planning units for

OWWDS.

Planning: Create and Manage Applications 309


Case Study

Here are additional details about the WWDS budget process:


WWDS management requires the ability to Budget and Forecast based on prior years
Actual data. They also require the ability to see the effect of exchange rates on
budgets (Budget at Actual Rates) and the related Variance.
NOTE
Ensure that you create scenarios with the names Budget, Forecast, Actual,
Budget at Actual Rates, and Variance so that the security import file will reference
the same scenarios.

- The valid period range for loading Actual data is January 2007 through December
2011. Actual numbers are final. They are not adjusted; therefore, there is no need
to have these numbers reviewed or approved.
- The valid period range for entering Budget data is January 2009 through
December 2009. Budget numbers need to be reviewed and approved by the
corporate management team.
- The valid period range for entering Budget data at Actual Rates is January 2009
through December 2009. Budget numbers need to be reviewed and approved by
m y
the corporate management team.

d e
c a
- The valid period range for entering Forecast data is January 2009 through
December 2011. Forecast numbers need to be reviewed and approved by the
corporate management team.

e A
c l
- The valid period range for viewing Variance data is January 2009 through
December 2009. Since Variance numbers are calculated, they do not require an

r a
exchange rate table, nor do they need to be reviewed and approved by the
management team.
O ly
l & On
WWDS management requires two iterations of the budget, 1st Draft and Final
versions. First draft numbers need to be reviewed and approved.

n a e
t e r U s
Creating User-Defined Dimensions and Attributes
You need to determine whether user-defined dimensions or attributes are required based

n
on the following information. If required, add them to the WWDS Planning application.
I
c l e
WWDS management tracks revenue by Client.
Clients are classified by the type of delivery Service they receive:

r a
- 0_Same: Same-day delivery service

O
310 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Case Study

- 1_Rush: Rush overnight delivery service


- 1_Pri: Priority overnight delivery service
- 1_Reg: Regular overnight delivery service
- 2_Pri: Priority two-day delivery service
- 2_Reg: Regular two-day delivery service
- 3_Reg: Regular three-day delivery service
Answer the following questions:
Based on what you know so far, is it necessary to add user-defined custom dimensions?
If yes, what should they be? Write your answer in the space provided here:
_________________________________.
Is it necessary to add attribute dimensions? If so, what are they and with which
dimensions are they associated? Write your answer in the space provided here:
______________________________________.
NOTE
Before continuing, verify the dimensions with your instructor.
m y
d e
c
Importing Dimension Members by Using Performance Management Architect
a
The IT department is providing you with metadata files to load dimension members. You
A
need to create profiles in Performance Management Architect to load these files.
e
WWDSAccount.ads
c l
WWDSEntity.ads
r a
WWDSService.ads
O ly
WWDSClient.ads
l & On
NOTE

n a e
t e r U s
Remember to select Apply Security for the WWDSClient dimension. The
WWDSService dimension should be a text attribute dimension.

I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 311
Case Study

Adding a Member Formula


WWDS requires the ability to analyze the effect of exchange rates on budget data. To
accomplish this task, you need to add a member formula to the Variance scenario. The
formula uses the @VAR math function to calculate the variance between Budget and
Budget at Actual Rates.

Creating Exchange Rates


Since WWDS is budgeting just revenue and expense items, you need to enter only
average exchange rates.
The following exchange rates are for Actuals 2008 and Budget at actual rates:

From To Rate
CAD USD .64
EUR USD .90
GBP USD 1.43
MXN USD .11
SGD USD .56
m y
The following exchange rates are for Budget 2009 and Forecast 20092012:
d e
From To Rate
c a
CAD USD

e
.63 A
EUR USD
c l .877
GBP USD
r a 1.42
MXN
SGD
USD
USD O ly .11
.54

l & On
a e
Do not forget to generate your currency conversion calculation scripts. Write down the
n
t e r
name of the currency conversion calculation script:

U s
Calc Script Name___________________________________

I n
l e
Loading Data and Calculating the Database

c
The WWDS IT department is providing you with data to load into the Essbase database

r a
by using Essbase Administration Services. After the data is loaded, you need to copy
data to new points of view and then calculate the database.
O
312 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Case Study

Loading Data
Review the load files provided by the IT department before loading them. You may need
to reformat the files or create a data load rule because the legacy systems that provided
the data do not use Essbase. Check that the dimension names in the files match the
names in your outline.
The following table contains the data load files:

File Data Type


ActVal.xls Prior year actual final data
BudValPrior.xls Prior year budget final data
BudValCur.xls Current year starting budget data

Copying Data
The WWDS management team requested that you provide starting-point numbers for
forecasting. You need to seed the current years first-draft forecast planning units with
data from the prior years final actuals, including account annotations, supporting details,
or cell text. WWDS also requires the ability to analyze variances due to the impact of
exchange rates on budget data. You need to copy the current years budget data (FY09)
m y
to the Budget at Actual Rates scenario.

d e
Calculating Data
c a
After the data is loaded and copied, you need to calculate the database to perform
A
currency conversions and to aggregate the database. Remember that the order of

e
c l
execution is important. Calculate the database by using the copy exchange rates,
calculate the currency conversion, and then calculate the default calculation scripts.

r a
O ly
Phase II: Verifying the WWDS Planning Application Setup
& On
In Phase II, you will perform the following tasks:
l
Assign security
n a e
Create data forms

t e r U s
I n
Create Business Rule calculations
Verify application setup and calculations

c l e
Create a task list

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 313
Case Study

Setting Up Security
The next step in the implementation is to set up security. You need to provision the
budget preparers who need to access the WWDS Planning application. The IT
department added these users and groups in Native security, but you need to add them
to your Planning application. You also need to define access rights for the application
dimension members.

Provisioning Planning Users and Groups


You need to provision the user groups based on the following information:

Role: WWDS Planning Application


and Business Rules Groups Users
Interactive User WWDS_Managers USMgr
UKMgr
Planner WWDS_Planners UserCanada
UserMexico
UserAPAC
UserFrance
m y
Defining Access Rights
d e
Consider the following points when designing and implementing security:
c a
access by groups.
e A
Review the information to determine whether it is beneficial to assign member

c l
Consider what, if any, member relationships are required; for example, US
Descendants(inclusive).
r a
O ly
After setting up access, refresh the database and create security filters.
TIP

l & On
n a e
Optional: You can use the Import Security utility to load member access from the
Secfile.txt file. You will find a security file in the C:\CF\PLN_CMA\CaseStudy directory.

e r s
You can use the WWDS_Secfile_Start.txt file as a starting point. Ensure that you
t U
place the file in the C:\Hyperion\products\Planning\bin directory before using the

I n
security import.

c l e
r a
O
314 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Case Study

The following table provides the information you need to assign member access:

User User User User


USMgr UKMgr Canada Mexico APAC France
Scenario
Actual Read Read Read Read Read Read
Budget Write Write Write Write Write Write
Budget at Actual Write Write Write Write Write Write
Rates
Forecast Write Write Write Write Write Write
Variance Read Read Read Read Read Read
Version
1st Draft Write Write Write Write Write Write
Final Write Write Read Read Read Read
Account
All Accounts
Payroll and Benefits
Write
Write
Write
Write
Write
None
Write
None
Write
None
Write
None
m y
Entity
d e
US Write Read Read None
c
None
a None
UK Read Write None

e
None
ANone None
Canada
Mexico
Write
Write
Read
Read
c l
Write
None
None
Write
None
None
None
None
APAC Read Write
r a None None Write None
France Read
O ly
Write None None None Write
99-9999 Write
l & On
Write Write Write Write Write

n a e
t e r
Creating Data Forms and Folders

U s
The next step in the implementation is to verify the application setup. You need to define

I n
data forms to verify application setup and for the WWDS management team to roll out
and start the budget process.

c l e
The WWDS management team provided the following specifications for data forms:

r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 315
Case Study

General Data Form Specifications


The planners are more familiar with the cost center, account, and client descriptions
than the member names.
When creating operating-expense data forms, use the No Client member for the client
dimension member selection because operating expenses are not client-related.
After reviewing the specifications and before creating the data forms, check whether
it would be beneficial to define substitution variables.
You may want to consider creating form folders for organizing similar data forms.

Specific Data Form Specifications


Budget vs Budget at Actual Rates Variance: Budget preparers need to compare
this years budgeted operating expenses that were converted with budget exchange
rates and with actual exchange rates. Budget preparers need to review their cost
center, as well as the cost centers parent variances for all local and reporting
currencies.
Client Revenue by Service Type: US and UK planning managers need to review
revenues by client and service type for all cost centers. They need to review this
information for all scenarios and versions.
m y
d e
Drivers: Planners require quick access to the statistical data that drives the business

c a
calculations for the cost centers. Since statistical data is not client related, use the No
Client member for the client dimension member selection. Planners are required to
A
enter budgets only during the first pass of the budgeting cycle and the current year.

e
c l
Operating Expenses: Planners need to budget operating expenses by cost center.
The planners should be able to spread data from quarters and year total to months.

r a
Planners are required to enter budgets only during the first pass of the budgeting
cycle and the current year.
O ly
l & On
Operating Expenses Convert Currencies: Budget preparers need to review their
cost centers operating expenses in their local currency and across all reporting
currencies.
n a e
e r s
Operating Expenses Forecast: Budget preparers are responsible for projecting the
t U
forecasted operating expenses for their respective cost centers for the current year.

I n
The forecasts are based closely on prior years final actual data.

c l e
r a
O
316 Planning: Create and Manage Applications
Case Study

Revenue: US and UK planning managers are responsible for revenue planning for
all cost centers. Revenue planning involves planning for revenue-related costs and
allowances. Remember that revenues are analyzed by client, so be sure to have all
clients available. The managers are required to enter budgets only during the first
pass of the budgeting cycle and for the current year.

Creating and Verifying Business Rule Calculations


The WWDS management team would like to derive Cost of Sales. You need to create a
Business Rule calculation based on the following information:

General Business Rule Specifications


Associate each rule with the Planning:WWDS:PandL database.
Restrict the rule for: Budget, 1st Draft, Level 0 Periods, FY09, and Local.
Grant access for the US and UK manager, in addition to yourself, to Launch the rule.
Create a data form to verify the results of the rule.

Specific Business Rule Specifications


Cost of Sales: Cost of Sales is calculated as Units Sold times Cost per Unit. This m y
calculation applies to all cost centers.
d e
c a
Creating a Task List
A
The WWDS management team requested that you make navigation and the budgeting
e
c l
process easy to follow by defining a task list. You need to create a task list for planners to
enter operating expenses, review the statistical data that drives business calculations,

r a
calculate cost of sales, and start the review process. Provide the planners with

O ly
instructions, due dates, and alerts. Remember to grant access to the planners for the
task list.

l & On
Congratulations
n a e
t e r U s
You have successfully completed the case study. Have a great weekend.

I n
c l e
r a
O
Planning: Create and Manage Applications 317
Case Study

m y
d e
c a
e A
c l
r a
O ly
l & On
n a e
t e r U s
I n
c l e
r a
O
318 Planning: Create and Manage Applications